Indonesian Way Module 5

The Indonesian Way

5

Module 5 – An Interview for a Job George Quinn & Uli Kozok

License “The Indonesian Way” by George Quinn and Uli Kozok is licensed under a Creative Commons “AttributionNonCommercial-ShareAlike 4.0 International (CC BY-NC-SA 4.0)” license. Under the license you are free to: ● Share — copy and redistribute the material in any medium or format ● Adapt — remix, transform, and build upon the material Under the following terms: ➢ ➢ ➢

Attribution — You must give appropriate credit, provide a link to the license, and indicate if changes were made. You may do so in any reasonable manner, but not in any way that suggests the licensor endorses you or your use. NonCommercial — You may not use the material for commercial purposes. ShareAlike — If you remix, transform, or build upon the material, you must distribute your contributions under the same license as the original.

Please note that the license covers the text and the sound files, but excludes the illustrations. Date of Last Revision: 15 June 2014

Module 5

An Interview for a Job The main aim of Module 5 is to provide you with the vocabulary, sentence shells and cultural skills that will enable you to talk about education and work, ask and answer questions about these topics, and express a variety of opinions about them. The module will also help you consol idate the skill studied in Module 4 of engaging in debate. By reading a short story and a number of shorter reading passages you will make a start on the development of reading skills. There is special emphasis in the module on gaining a command of verbs that begin with the me- prefx. You will learn the names of occupations and subjects of study. You will also get more practice in expressing opinions and preferences. The module provides some basic information about Indonesia’s education system. It will show you how to use an Indonesian dictionary and how to format a business letter. You will also learn how to pronounce the letters of the alphabet and you will get to know a number of very commonly used abbreviations. In the culminating role play you will practise taking part in an interview for a job.

1

Lesson 60

60 Tentang Kata Kerja

Aims • To provide some basic information on the verb system of Indonesian, focusing on transitive verbs and giving practice in the analysis and formation of transitive verbs.

Vocabulary Review Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous lessons. Make sure that you remember their meanings. memakai

to use, wear

menunggu

to wait

membantu

to help, assist

merusak

to damage

memelihara

to take care of

menolong

to help

mengajar

to teach

ujian

examination

menjadi

to be, to become

Rambu di Jalan Raya Bahasa An Overview of Indonesian Verbs Probably no feature of Indonesian is more difcult for foreign learners than verbs, so at this point we are going to pause to take stock of what has already been presented on verbs, and we will add more information about them. The discussion that follows is a little technical in places, but don’t worry if you don’t take it all in at frst reading. It is given here more for the sake of completeness than because it is absolutely essential for mastering the language. After all, there are well over 200 million Indonesians who speak their language perfectly, mostly without any self-aware knowledge of its grammar, and in theory you can too. Nevertheless, many students of Indonesian do fnd that an understanding of the grammatical system can sometimes help improve fuency, correctness and expressiveness. But knowledge of the grammatical system of a language can only complement and never substitute for accurate imitation of models and memorable repetition as tools for the attainment of practical correctness and fuency. You have already noticed that words in Indonesian are either single, indivisible forms (single morphemes or free morphemes) that stand on their own and don’t change their form, or they are “divisible” and can be broken up into a base word and one or more afxes (multiple morphemes).

Lesson 60 Some examples of the former category — the “nude” words of Indonesian — are: mau, makan, rumah, kuning, pandai, telepon, mobil, pensil, komputer Examples of the latter category — the “clothed” words of Indonesian — are: berjalan, makanan, buah-buahan, membaca, perpustakaan, menarik The words above belong to various parts of speech: nouns, verbs and adjectives. In this lesson we are looking for the moment at verbs only. So far you have met three kinds of verb:

1. Helper verbs or auxiliary verbs These are verbs that sometimes occur on their own, but more usually occur immediately in front of another verb. They function to give an extra dimension of meaning to the second verb, especially by showing some aspect of how the doer of the action does the action or relates to the action expressed in the second verb. Examples of helper verbs are: dapat, suka, boleh, bisa, mau, mulai, ingin, harus, ikut, pandai Helper verbs have only one form, and they never change form. So they are “nude” words, or single indivisible morphemes. Study these examples. The helper verbs are in italics. Kami suka makan di Rumah Makan Kartika. We like eating at the Kartika Restaurant. Apakah Ibu Prawoto ikut makan nanti malam? Is Mrs Prawoto going to join us for dinner tonight? Maaf, saya kurang pandai menulis dalam bahasa Cina. Sorry, I’m not really very good at writing in Chinese. Mereka tidak dapat datang. They can’t come. Biasanya mahasiswa tidak mau masuk kuliah pada malam hari. Students don’t usually want to follow lectures at night. Saya sudah mulai belajar Ilmu Kimia. I have begun to study Chemistry.

2. Intransitive verbs. I suppose you could say that an intransitive verb is one that “looks back” in the sense that it relates back to the doer of the action and not to anyone or anything else. In other words it signifes an action that is done by someone or something, but it is not done to anyone or anything. An example of an intransitive verb in English is the verb “to die”. You can say: “She died.” But you cannot say: *“She died her husband.” Intransitive verbs take several forms in Indonesian. Some are single morphemes, others have prefxes. Some examples of single-morpheme intransitive verbs are: setuju, mandi, tidur, bangun, pergi, datang, terbang, masuk, duduk, kawin

Lesson 60 Other intransitive verbs consist of a base word plus an afx. The most common afx on intransitive verbs is the prefx ber-, in fact most (but not all) words that have a ber- prefx on them are intransitive verbs. berjalan, berhenti, beristirahat, berubah, berlibur, bermain, berbicara A complicating factor here is that sometimes the ber- prefx is dropped, especially if you are speaking rapidly or informally. Compare these pairs of sentences. Each pair has basically the same meaning and both sentences are 100% correct, but the frst is formal than the second in formal. Saya ingin berjalan kaki saja. Aku kepengin jalan kaki aja. I’d prefer to just walk. Sesudah beristirahat dia mandi Sesudah istirahat dia mandi. After taking a rest she had a bath. Pada hari Sabtu pagi biasanya saya bermain golf. Sabtu pagi biasanya aku main golf. I usually play golf on Saturday mornings. There are also some intransitive verbs that have a me- prefx. You have already met one or two of them. Apakah Anda pandai menyanyi? Are you any good at singing?

Di mana Anda mengajar? Where do you teach?

Mohon Perhatian!! Another category of intransitive verb is the compound intransitive verb. A compound intransitive verb takes the form of a phrase that usually consists of two words. Grammatically the phrase is a single unit that functions exactly like an ordinary intransitive verb. Some examples of these that we have already met are: gosok gigi (more formal: menggosok gigi) terima telepon (menerima telepon) main tenis (bermain tenis) At frst glance it might seem as if gigi, telepon and tenis are objects, and that gosok, terima and main must be transitive verbs. But in fact the me- prefx that marks subject focus transitive verbs only rarely appears attached to the front of these phrases, and in every respect the phrases behave as if they were intransitive verbs. Other such compound intransitive verbs are: berganti pakaian to get changed (of clothes) mengisi bensin to fll up (the tank of a motor vehicle with petrol/gasoline) Compounds involving merasa and menjadi probably also belong to this category. For example, in the sentence Saya merasa sakit (I feel ill), rasa sakit is a compound base form, and the whole phrase merasa sakit behaves exactly like an intransitive verb. Similarly in the sentence Dia menjadi guru (She is a teacher) jadi guru seems to be a compound base form governed by the meN- prefx, and the whole phrase menjadi guru behaves exactly like an intransitive verb.

Lesson 60 Katanya mereka akan menikah. I’ve heard they’re going to get married. Gunung Merapi meletus kemarin. Mount Merapi erupted yesterday.

3. Transitive verbs If an intransitive verb is one that “looks back”, a transitive verb is one that “looks forward” in the sense that it signifes an action that is done to someone or something. You have seen that the English verb “to die” is intransitive. An example of a transitive verb in English is “to fell”. In English you can say: “She felled the tree.” But unlike “She died” we cannot say: *“She felled.” Actually, verbs like “to fell” are a bit of a rarity in English. As you can see, it cannot be intransitive. But most verbs in English can be either transitive or intransitive, and what’s more they look the same whether they are transitive or intransitive. Take, for example, the verb “to stop”. You can say: “The bus stopped.” Here the verb “to stop” is intransitive because it is simply signifying an action and it is “looking back” at the doer of the action, the bus. But “to stop” can also be used transitively. “He thought he could get away with it, but I stopped him.” In the latter sentence the verb “to stop” is looking forward, indicating that something was done to “him”. So far so good. Now let’s turn to transitive verbs in Indonesian. In this module we are concerned with transitive verbs that have a me- prefx on the front of them. If a verb has a me- prefx this indicates two things. First, the verb is most likely transitive (the number of intransitive me- verbs is relatively small). So it has a receiver (often called the goal). The receiver is on the receiving end of the action expressed in the verb. Second, there is an emphasis, or focus, in the sentence on the doer of the action, often called by grammarians the actor. What this means is, in a subtle way, the doer of the action is in clear focus in the mind of the speaker, whereas the receiver of the action is a bit vague. Take this example. Pak Sukamtono memukul anjing. Mr Sukamtono hit the dog. In this sentence it is clear who the doer of the action is. In the context of the “text” from which this sentence has been lifted, we can assume that there has been previous mention of Pak Sukamtono. The speaker knows who he is. He is in sharp, unambiguous focus. But the receiver of the action (anjing) is not so clear. Yes, we know it is a dog, but one dog? ... or dogs in general? ... or any old dog? ... or a particular dog? It is not so clear. So this sentence has a focus on the hitter of the dog, the doer of the action. The grammar of Indonesian requires this “actor focus” to be expressed by attaching a me- prefx to the front of the base form of the transitive verb. The transitive verb here is -pukul (to hit). In its actor focus form this verb assumes the form memukul. You will see that the me- prefx seems to “fuse” with the base word pukul, melting

Lesson 60 the /p/ of -pukul and turning it into a nasal sound, an /m/. This nasal sound takes a variety of forms, but grammarians usually represent it generically with a capital “N” (standing for “nasalised assimilation”). So in grammatical descriptions the me- prefx, when it is written on its own, is usually written meN-, where /N/ could be any one of four nasalised consonant sounds, /m/, /n/, /ny/ and /ng/, depending on the frst sound in the base form of the verb. You have already met and used some actor focus transitive verbs. Study these examples. The transitive verb is in italics. Saya suka menonton televisi. I like watching television Dia akan mengambil uang di bank. She’s going to get some money at the bank. Saya selalu membeli surat kabar. I always buy a newspaper. Kami tidak melihat Anda di pasar. We didn’t see you at the market. Katanya, Pak Hasan sudah menulis buku. I’ve heard that Mr Hasan has written a book. Anda harus dapat memakai kata kerja dengan baik. You’ve got to be able to use verbs properly. Sebaiknya mencuci pakaian sebelum siang hari. It’s best to wash clothes before the middle of the day. The verbs in these sentences consist of a prefx and a base word. The prefx fuses, or “assimilates”, to the base word in some way. So the verbs can be analysed as follows. menonton consists of meN- + -tonton mengambil consists of meN- + -ambil membeli consists of meN- + -beli melihat consists of meN- + -lihat menulis consists of meN- + -tulis memakai consists of meN- + -pakai mencuci consists of meN- + cuci Some base words that begin with “m” often (or in some cases always) drop the initial meNprefx when they function as a transitive verb. The most common of these are minta, minum, makan, mohon, mulai, and masak: Biasanya mereka makan nasi goreng pada pagi hari. (not memakan) They usually have fried rice for breakfast. Boleh saya minta teh? (usually minta but sometimes meminta) Could you give me some tea? (Literally: “May I request tea?”) Apakah Anda mau minum kopi? (not meminum) Would you like to drink cofee? Dia mulai perjalanannya di Padang. (also fairly commonly memulai) She began her journey in Padang. Mereka tidak mau mohon maaf. (usually mohon but sometimes memohon) They didn’t want to apologise. (Literally: “to ask for forgiveness”) Dia masak ayam dan sayur-sayuran. (sometimes memasak) She cooked chicken and vegetables.

Lesson 60

Mohon Perhatian!! As mentioned above, a number of verbs with a meN- prefx (or verbs that have “dropped” their meN- prefx) can be transitive or intransitive, and they look the same regardless of which role they are playing (like the English verb “to stop”). Some examples are: makan:

minum:

when intransitive: “to have a meal” when transitive: “to eat (an item of food)” when intransitive: “to have a drink” when transitive: “to drink (a glass/cup/bottle of a beverage)”

when intransitive: “to practise the skill of reading” membaca: when transitive: “to read (a particular item of reading matter)” menulis:

when intransitive: “to practise the skill of writing” when transitive: “to write (something with a pen/computer etc.)”

Of course, when any of these verbs is transitive, it can have a variety of prefxes besides meN- (especially the prefx di- which you will be studying in Module 6), whereas the intransitive form doesn’t change. The meN- prefx is attached or assimilated to the base word in a variety of ways depending on the initial sound in the base word. Let’s review this briefy. Here are the main rules. 1. If the base word begins with a vowel, the meN- prefx is fused on to the base word with a /ng/ sound. For example -ambil ð mengambil -ajar ð mengajar 2. If the base word begins with the consonant /b/ the meN- prefx is fused on to it with the sound /m/. For example -buka ð membuka -baca ð membaca -bawa ð membawa -buat ð membuat -beli ð membeli -bantu ð membantu 3. If the base word begins with the consonant /p/ the meN- prefx is fused on with the sound /m/. In addition, the /p/ in the base word merges with the prefx and disappears. For example -pakai ð memakai -pilih ð memilih -panggil ð memanggil -pelihara ð memelihara -pimpin ð memimpin BUT NOTE this common exception: -punyai ð mempunyai 4. If the base word begins with the consonants /d/, /j/ or /c/ the meN- prefx is fused on to it with the sound /n/. For example:

Lesson 60 -dapat ð mendapat -dengar ð mendengar -cari ð mencari -coba ð mencoba -cuci ð mencuci -jual ð menjual -jadi ð menjadi 5. If the base word begins with the consonant /t/ the meN- prefx is fused on to it with the sound /n/. In addition the initial /t/ of the base word merges with the prefx and disappears. For example -tarik ð menarik -tutup ð menutup -terima ð menerima -tulis ð menulis -tolong ð menolong -tunggu ð menunggu 6. If the base word begins with the consonants /g/ or /h/ the meN- prefx fuses on to it with the sound /ng/. For example -goreng ð menggoreng -hitung ð menghitung 7. If the base word begins with the consonant /k/ the meN- prefx fuses on to it with the sound /ng/. In addition the initial /k/ of the base word merges with the prefx and disappears. For example: -kirim ð mengirim -katakan ð mengatakan 8. If the base word begins with the consonant /s/ the meN- prefx is fused on to it with a /ny/ sound. In addition the /s/ sound in the base word merges with the prefx and disappears. For example: -simpan ð menyimpan -senangkan ð menyenangkan 9. If the base word begins with the consonants /l/, /m/, /n/, /w/ and /y/ the meN- prefx attaches straight on the front end of the base word without any assimilation or “glue”. For example: -lihat ð melihat -rasa ð merasa -rusak ð merusak

Mohon Perhatian!! The prefx ber-, which is usually (but by no means always) a marker of an intransitive verb, attaches directly on the front of a base word (usually) without any assimilation or fusion. Here are some examples: -ubah ð berubah -temu ð bertemu -belanja ð berbelanja -cakap-cakap ð bercakap-cakap

-asal ð berasal -dansa ð berdansa -henti ð berhenti

Lesson 60 But in a few special cases some assimilation takes places. The /r/ in ber- may change to /l/ or disappear altogether. For example: -ajar ð belajar -kerja ð bekerja -renang ð berenang

Mohon Perhatian!! A quick point about base words. In many instances the base word to which you attach the me- prefx can itself already have an afx on it, usually a sufx. Here are some examples of base words that have a -kan sufx on them: -lakukan -adakan

-berikan -ucapkan

-bersihkan -nyanyikan

-dengarkan

Sometimes a base word may even have yet another afx on it. One example that has appeared already in the course is the verb memperbaiki (to “make good” i.e. to repair). This is built up from the adjective baik (good) that produces the base word –perbaiki to which the me- prefx can be attached. Indonesian is an agglutinative language in which complex afxation plays an important role, not only in the verb system, but in other parts of speech too. Informal and slangy speech often radically simplifes – even eliminates altogether – this afxation, but for a sophisticated command of the formal language you need to get used to manipulating afxes easily and automatically.

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan. 1. memakai

a. to help someone, to assist

2. membantu

b. to keep (as a pet, domestic animal)

3. memelihara

c. to use or wear something

4. menjadi

d. examination (in school/academic sense)

5. menunggu

e. to wait for (something/someone)

6. merusak

f. to become, to be

7. tolong

g. please (help me)

8. ujian

h. to damage or destroy something

Lesson 60

Latihan 2—Menyimak Listen to Sound File 060-01. The sentences below are out of order. Order them in accord with the order in the sound fle. Is Mrs Prawoto going to join us for dinner tonight? They can’t come.

1

We like eating at the Kartika Restaurant. Students don’t usually want to follow lectures at night. Sorry, I’m not really very good at writing in Chinese. Are you any good at singing? I have begun to study Chemistry. He enjoys cooking. I’ve heard they’re going to get married. They didn’t want to apologize These children can’t read or write yet. She cooked chicken and vegetables. She began her journey in Padang. They usually have fried rice for breakfast.

Latihan 3—Base Words For each word, write the base word. For example, the base word for memukul is pukul. menerima

membuka

mengantar

membaca

mengatur

membawa

menggoreng

membuat

menghitung

membeli

mengirim

membantu

mengisi

memakai

menutup

memilih

menyimpan

memanggil

mengambil

memelihara

mengajar

memimpin

Lesson 60

Latihan 4—The me(N) Prefx For each base word, write the word with the meN- prefx. For pukul, write memukul. ambil

cari

ajar

senangkan

jual

tolong

coba

panggil

dengar

terima

lihat

tutup

simpan

pimpin

baca

pilih

buat

pelihara

dapat

cuci

rasa

rusak

goreng

tarik

bantu

tulis

beli

tunggu

bawa

hitung

kirim

jadi

katakan

pakai

Latihan 5—Rangkai Kata Urutkan kata-kata di bawah ini menjadi kalimat yang baik sesuai dengan arti: 1. “Students don’t usually want to follow lectures at night.” Biasanya—kuliah—mau—ikut—pada—malam—tidak—mahasiswa—hari. 2. “We like eating at the Kartika Restaurant.” Kami—di—Restoran—makan—suka—Kartika. 3. “She’s going to get some money at the bank.” Dia—mengambil—di—uang—akan—bank. 4. “It’s best to wash clothes before the middle of the day.” Sebaiknya—mencuci—pakaian—siang—sebelum—hari. 5. “They usually have fried rice for breakfast.” Biasanya—pada—goreng—makan—mereka—pagi—nasi—hari.

Lesson 60

Latihan 6—Me(N)- Prefx I In the space in each sentence write a verb with a properly attached meN- prefx. The base form of the verb is given in brackets at the end of the sentence. For example, if the base word is beli, write membeli in the blanks. 1. Sebelum pergi ke pesta, dia ___________ pakaian baru. [beli] 2. Dia tidak ___________ komputer. Dia ___________ pena atau pensil. [pakai] 3. Mengapa teman saya tidak ___________ surat? [tulis] 4. Ia ___________ bahwa ibunya sedang sakit. [katakan] 5. Tadi ia pergi ke kantor pos untuk ___________ surat kepada ibunya. [kirim] 6. Maaf, saya belum ___________ kursi di kamar duduk. [atur] 7. Tolong, Pak! Apakah Bapak bisa ___________ uang ini? [hitung] 8. Dia ___________ sedih sesudah pulang dari ujian. [rasa] 9. Sukartini sudah ___________ uang itu di bank. [simpan] 10. Pak Bintoro sudah tidak lagi ___________ matematika sekarang. [ajar] 11. Mereka ___________ saya ke perpustakaan. [antar] 12. Apakah Anda sudah ___________ uang dari kantor? [terima] 13. Yulie tidak mau ___________ polisi. Dia mau menjadi guru. [jadi] 14. Mau makan? Baik! Saya akan ___________ telur untuk Anda. [goreng] 15. Mereka pergi ke sana, tetapi mereka tidak ___________ apa-apa. [lihat] 16. Sudah jam sembilan! Mengapa Anda belum ___________ piring? [cuci] 17. Kita tidak boleh ___________ hutan dan sungai. [rusak] 18. Saya akan ___________ pintu depan. Dingin!. [tutup] 19. Apakah Anda dapat ___________ saya? [tolong] 20. Kami sudah ___________ Anda selama tiga jam! [tunggu]

Lesson 60

Latihan 7—Me(N)- Prefx II Fill the blanks in each group of sentences with one of the me- verbs listed below so that you produce sentences that make good sense. There are ten verbs listed, one for each group of sentences. To complete the exercise correctly make sure you have a good understanding of each sentence so that you choose the right me- verb to complete it: mengatakan—memakai —memukul—mengantar—menutup—menyimpan—menerima—mengirim—menggoreng— memanggil 1. Dalam suratnya ia ___________ bahwa uangnya sudah habis. Tetapi ia tidak _____ bahwa ia ingin pulang. 2. Dia tidak suka alat-alat modern. Dia masih ___________ pena dan pensil. Dia tidak mau ___________ komputer atau HP! 3. Mengapa, hah? Mengapa Anda ___________ anak itu? Saya tidak setuju. Anda tidak boleh ___________ anak kecil! 4. Pagi hari saya ___________ mereka ke Borobudur. Siang hari saya mengantar mereka ke Prambanan. Tetapi tidak ada waktu untuk ___________ mereka ke Parangtritis. 5. Andi ___________ pintu depan dan pintu belakang tetapi dia tidak ___________ jendela. Nah... penjahat itu masuk lewat jendela. 6. Saya selalu hati-hati. Saya ___________ uang di bank. Saya tidak pernah ___________ uang di bawah tempat tidur. 7. Ibu Danoyo sedang sedih. Dia ___________ hadiah dari kakaknya, adiknya, anaknya dan temannya. Tetapi ia tidak ___________ hadiah dari suaminya. 8. Aduh! Orang-tua saya ___________ surat panjang dengan banyak berita, tetapi mereka tidak mengirim___________ uang. 9. Anda boleh saja ___________ daging ayam itu, tetapi jangan ___________ sayur-sayuran! 10. Saya masih muda. Mengapa Anda ___________ saya ‘Ibu’? Lebih baik Anda ___________ saya Yanti saja.

Lesson 60

Latihan 8—Auxiliary (Helper) Verbs These are verbs that sometimes occur on their own, but more usually occur immediately in front of another verb. They function to give an extra dimension of meaning to the second verb, especially by showing some aspect of how the doer of the action does the action or relates to the action expressed in the second verb. Match each Indonesian word to the English defnition. ingin

to like

mau

to be good at

suka

can, able to

dapat

to come along, follow

bisa

to begin

ikut

to want

harus

to wish/want

pandai

may

mulai

must, have to

boleh

can

Latihan 9—Kata Kerja Intransitif Intransitive verbs take several forms in Indonesian. Some are single morphemes, others have prefxes. Other intransitive verbs consist of a base word plus an afx. The most common afx on intransitive verbs is the prefx ber-, in fact most (but not all) words that have a ber- prefx on them are intransitive verbs. Match each Indonesian word to the English defnition. setuju

to take a bath

duduk

to sit, to sit down

mandi

to sleep

kawin

to get/be married

tidur

to wake up

berjalan

to stop

bangun

to go (away)

berhenti

to play

pergi

to come

beristirahat

to walk, travel, to go

datang

to agree

bermain

to speak

terbang

to fy

berbicara

to rest, to take a break

masuk

to enter

Latihan 10—Kosa Kata Match Indonesian word or phrase with English defnition. 1. berganti

a. to hit something/someone

2. berubah

b. to change, to evolve

3. kata kerja

c. to receive or accept something

4. memukul

d. a verb

5. menerima

e. to substitute, replace, alter

Lesson 60 6. mengantar

f. to send something

7. mengatur

g. to fry something

8. menggoreng

h. to count something

9. menghitung

i. to fll something

10. mengirim

j. to arrange something

11. mengisi

k. to get married

12. menikah

l. to ask someone for s.th. (respectfully)

13. menutup

m. to take/accompany someone somewhere

14. menyimpan

n. to feel (an emotion)

15. merasa

o. to shut or close something

16. mohon

p. sad, to feel sadness

17. pena

q. to store something away

18. pensil

r. feeling, sense

19. rasa

s. pen

20. sedih

t. pencil

Latihan 11—Grammar Quiz 1. Ber- verbs are always intransitive and hence cannot take an object A. True B. False 2. MeN- verbs are usually transitive, but there are also a few intransitive meN- verbs. A. True B. False 3. “Berhenti” means “to stop”. Hence “I stop the bus” is “Saya berhenti bus”. A. True B. False 4. In the phrase “Saya bermain tenis” the word “tenis” is the grammatical object of the sentence. A. True B. False 5. The correct translation of “Bus berhenti” is “The bus stops”. A. True B. False

Lesson 60

Latihan 12—Teka Teki Silang (TTS) Mendatar: 2. to shut or close sth 5. to hit sth or someone 7. to arrange something 8. to fll something 9. to send something 11. to ask someone for something (respectfully) 13. to receive sth 15. to use or wear sth 17. to take/accompany someone somewhere 18. a feeling, a sense 19. to change or evolve 21. sad, to feel sadness 22. to count something

16. 17. 20.

examination (in school/academic sense) to feel (an emotion) pen

Menurun: 1. to store sth away 3. pencil 4. to have one thing replaced with another, substitute 6. to get married 7. to fry something 10. to keep as a pet 12. to become, to be 14. to help or assist someone

Lesson 61

61 Memakai Kamus Bahasa Indonesia

Aims • To give more practice getting used to using verbs with the me- prefix. • To describe how most Indonesian dictionaries are organised and give practice using a dictionary.

Vocabulary Review Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous lessons. Make sure that you remember their meanings.

Bagian Kamus di sebuah Toko Buku. This work by JP Esperança is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NoDerivs 2.0 Generic License

jagung

corn, maize

memelihara

to take care of

memakai

to use, wear

menjadi

to be, to become

membantu

to help, assist

menunggu

to wait

membawa

to bring, carry

Rambu di Jalan Raya Bahasa More on Me- Verbs Me- verbs have a goal, that is, the person, thing or idea that is impacted on by the action expressed in the verb. Usually the goal is rather ill-defined or generalised. It is something that probably hasn’t been mentioned or referred to in the preceding part of the narrative or conversation. It is a person, thing or idea that – if we were speaking English – might be marked by the indefinite articles “a” or “some” rather than the more specific “the” or “that”. Savour the difference between these English sentences. I’m going to plant some corn. He harvested rice.

I’m going to plant the corn. He harvested that rice.

In Indonesian you can express the ideas in the sentences on the left like this. Saya akan menanam jagung. Dia memotong padi.

Lesson 61 The slight vagueness of jagung and padi (we don’t know precisely where, which, how much etc.) is expressed by making it the goal of a transitive me- verb. But what about the sentences in the right hand column above? How do we express the greater precision of the corn and the rice, i.e. corn and rice that has already been mentioned, and which is therefore already relatively clear in our minds? Well, one way is to add a definite article like itu that makes it clear we are talking about a certain (say) sack of corn seed, or (say) field of rice that has probably already been mentioned. So we could say: Saya akan menanam jagung itu. Dia memotong padi itu. But more usually, definiteness in the goal of an action is expressed through the passive form of a transitive verb, that is di- verbs and me- verbs. We practise these forms of the verb in Modules 6 and 7. For the moment, it is enough to be aware that, where English tends to distinguish between definiteness and indefiniteness with articles like the, some and a, Indonesian is more complex, tending to express the same distinction through forms of the verb and by positioning nouns at the beginning or end of a clause/sentence, as well as by using markers of definiteness like itu. As you have seen, English and Indonesian are dramatically different in many ways. But they are also different in subtle ways. The link between forms of the transitive verb (me-, di- and verbs) and the expression of definiteness and indefiniteness is just one of these subtleties.

Forming Transitive meN- Verbs and Recognising their Base Words p* b m f v

pakai beli minta fitnah veto

memakai membeli meminta memfitnah memveto

“to use” “to buy” “to request” “to slender” “to veto”

t* d n c j

k* g ng aei ou h

kirim ganggu nganga

mengirim mengganggu menganga

“to send” “to disturb” “to yawn”

s* sapu ny nyanyi

ambil, ingat

mengambil mengingat

“to take” “to remember”

r

hafal

menghafal

“to memorise”

l lihat y yakin w wakil

tulis dengar nama cuci jual

menulis mendengar menamakan mencuci menjual

“to write” “to hear” “to name” “to wash” “to sell”

menyapu menyanyi

“to sweep” “to sing”

rangkai merangkai

“to join”

melihat “to see” meyakinkan “to convince” mewakili “to represent”

Using an Indonesian Dictionary We have referred to the notion of “nude” words and “clothed” words. These are just pop terms for, respectively, base forms and derived forms.

Lesson 61 Essentially, base forms are words that have affixes attached to them. Affixes are like pilot fish, they can’t swim about independently in the great ocean of language, but have to fasten themselves to the shark-like hulks of passing base forms. Some affixes work at the nose end (like ber- and meN-) and some only at the tail (like -an). Others always operate as a team – two inseparable affixes, one swimming at the nose and the other riding shotgun at the rear, like the per- -an team in the word perpustakaan. There are even a few mysterious affixes that generations ago wormed their way into the gut of certain base words and now, like parasites, have a permanent home there. If you cut into these base words you can locate the affixes, like -el- in telunjuk (index finger) and -in- in kinerja (performance, track record). Derived forms are those that consist of a base word plus one or more affixes. As we have seen in the case of memperbaiki, some base words may themselves have affixes in them. For example, the derived form berhasil (successful, to succeed) consists of the base word hasil and the prefix ber-. But berhasil can itself be a base word. With the affixes ke- and -an attached to it, it produces the word keberhasilan (success). You should also bear in mind that in certain circumstances most base words can also stand alone without affixes. For example, in certain contexts hasil can stand alone (it means “result”, “outcome”). It is important to be aware of the distinction between base forms and derived forms, because most Indonesian dictionaries organise their head words, or main entries, according to the alphabetical order of the first letter in base forms, not derived forms. So in most dictionar ies you won’t find the word berjalan by looking for it under “b”. You will have to identify the first letter of its base form and look for it under that letter. With a word like berjalan there’s no great problem. With words like melihat, merusak, and even membaca, mencuci, menggoreng and many more, there’s also no huge problem. The base word is clear. You simply go to the base word entry in the dictionary, and under that entry you will find all the various derivatives that can be formed by attaching affixes to the base word concerned. But suppose you want to look up a word in which the prefix has assimilated or “fused” with the base form causing a change in the initial sound of the base form so that it is no longer in stantly recognisable? In such cases we have to use the rules given earlier in this lesson to do a bit of quick detective work. Even then we may be left with two or more possible base words, so we would have to check out each possibility until we find the right base word. For example, supposing we want to know the meaning of the word memukul. Looking at the rules given in Lesson 60 we can deduce that the base word is either mukul (see rule 9) or pukul (see rule 3). So we check under “m” to see if there is a base word mukul. There isn’t. So we check under “p” for pukul. Aha! There it is. In some instances we might have to check up to three possible base words. Take for example Schmidgall-Tellings (2004) the word mengarang. Referring to our rules for the formation of derivatives we can work out that there are three possible base words that mengarang might be formed from: ngarang, arang and karang. We would have to check each of these in the dictionary. In this case we would find that ngarang doesn’t exist. We would find that arang does exist but it doesn’t have a derivative mengarang. So we would be left with karang. Under the head word karang we would find a number of derivatives listed, like karangan, pengarang and mengarang.

Lesson 61 Let’s look at some examples of dictionaries. Here is part of the entry for membawa in A Comprehensive Indonesian-English Dictionary by Alan Stevens and Ed Schmidgall- Tellings (2004). Compare this with the entry for membawa in An Indonesian-English Dictionary by John Echols and Hassan Shadily (3rd revised edition, 1989). An exception to this “normal” way of organising the entries in dictionaries is George Quinn’s The Learner’s Dictionary of Today’s Indonesian (2001). Quinn’s dictionary organises all main entries according to the first letter of each word, irrespective of whether that word is a base word or a word beginning with a prefix. Each of the three dictionaries has a unique approach to description of the Indonesian lexicon. Smith and Schmidgall-Tellings’ has a finely discriminated list of definitions – i.e. possible English translations – for membawa. It illustrates these with a few short sentences and phrases that show how membawa is used in context. It Echols-Shadily (1989) also has information on colloquial variations of membawa, plus many idiomatic expressions containing membawa. Echols and Shadily is dense with information, providing several related idiomatic phrases under each main definition of membawa. Quinn’s dictionary has fewer definitions and no idiomatic phrases at all, but it has longer illustratory sentences as well as some information on pronunciation and grammar. All three dictionaries are bilingual, but Smith and Schmidgall-Tellings’ goes in one direction only: Indonesian-to-English. Echols and Shadily and Quinn have English-to- Indonesian sides to their dictionaries (Echols and Shadily’s is in a separate volume). Smith and SchmidgallTellings, and Echols and Shadily attempt to be comprehensive, covering as much of the Indonesian lexicon as they can, whereas Quinn’s is a “special purpose” dictionary concentrating on a quite limited corpus of highly frequent Indonesian and English words. Quinn’s has a section in which the dictionary’s main entries are sorted into topic groups, and notes on aspects of Indonesian culture are scattered through the dictionary. All three dictionaries have interesting introductions. Quinn offers a short history of the evolution of the Indonesian language and an overview of its functions in modern Indonesia. Echols and Shadily have a detailed description of the sound system (phonology) of Indonesian, and Smith and SchmidgallTellings focus on how to find the base word (they call it the “root”) of derivatives. Quinn (2001) Finally, let’s look at the entry for membawa in the Kamus Besar Bahasa Indonesia (KBBI): http://kbbi.web.id/bawa. This is the online version of Indone-

Lesson 61 sia’s semi-official dictionary published by the nation’s Pusat Bahasa (Language Centre), an organ of the Departemen Pendidikan Nasional (Department of National Education). The fourth edition, published in 2008, has 90,000 entries. Even if you don’t understand everything in the Kamus Besar you will quickly see that the three Indonesian-English dictionaries we have looked at are indebted in some degree to the Kamus Besar. As foreign learners of Indonesian you probably have little choice but to start out with an Indonesian-English dictionary (and an English-Indonesian dictionary too, of course). But languages are self-referential, their words construct meaning only by reference to other words in the same language. So as soon as you can, you should let go of bi-lingual dictionaries and graduate to a good Indonesian-Indonesian dictionary.

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan. jagung

to keep (as a pet)

memelihara

to wait, to wait for

memakai

corn, maize

menjadi

to help, assist

membantu

to take or bring

menunggu

to become, to be

membawa

to use, wear

Latihan 2—Prenasalisation with meNAdd prefix meN- to the roots below. Note that meN- may be rendered me-, meng-, men-, mem-, or meny- depending on the first sound of the base word. Note also that initial p, t, and k are dropped. ambil

bantu

sewa

cari

obral

tolong

hafal

pukul

kirim

ralat

intip

ingat

larang

dengar

datang

angkat

bayar

cegah

hajar

jadi

kenal

pasang

raba

tata

titip

nyanyi

kompas

ganti

Lesson 61

Latihan 3—meN- Verbs starting with mengThe prefix meN- is rendered meng- if the base begins with a vowel or with the sounds k, g, and h. Note that initial k is dropped. Some of the words are not included in the wordlist of The Indonesian Way. ambil

katakan

hafal

oles

kirim

elak

uji

hukum

gantung

gebu

Latihan 4—Identifying the Base Word (1) Bearing in mind that words in most Indonesian dictionaries are arranged in alphabetical order of the first letter of their base words, go to a comprehensive dictionary and identify the base forms of these verbs. For each verb, write the base form. For example, the base form of mengulang is the word ulang. menganga

menilai

mengena

menyala

memuji

mengelak

menyimpang

menampung

mengolah

mengantuk

menyatakan

mengganggu

Latihan 5—Identifying the Base Word (2) Find the base words for the MeN- verbs below. For example, the base word of mengikat is the word ikat. mengikat

mengisi

mengikuti

mengizinkan

mengimpor

mengobati

menginap

mengobral

mengingat

mengobrol

mengingatkan

mengontrak

menginginkan

mengoperasi

mengira

menguasai

mengirim

mengubah

Lesson 61

Latihan 6—Forming Transitive MeN- Verbs (1) Add the prefix meN- to the following base words. Don’t forget that in many cases you also have to add a nasal to ‘glue’ the nasal to the base word. -bersihkan

-terima

-panggil

-atur

-lihat

-cuci

-pakai

-rusak

-nyanyikan

-dengarkan

-bantu

-ambil

-lakukan

-antar

-tolong

-bawa

-isi

-buka

-adakan

-goreng

-bayar

-hitung

-berikan

-pukul

-buat

-baca

-jual

-pelihara

-potong

-dengar

-bunuh

-beli

-tunggu

-cari

-pilih

-tutup

-katakan

-kirim

-pimpin

-tonton

-perbaiki

-tulis

-curi

-ucapkan

-tanam

-simpan

-cium

-coba

Latihan 7—Forming Transitive MeN- Verbs (2) It is important to get used to generating me- verbs and recognising their base words. For the following exercise, type the base word for each me- verb. For example, for the verb melihat, you would type the base word lihat. menyanyikan

mengisi

melakukan

menghitung

Lesson 61 memakai

memilih

menanam

menulis

membaca

mengadakan

memperbaiki

menonton

mengatakan

memotong

menyimpan

mendengar

memimpin

mengucapkan

membantu

membunuh

mengirim

mencium

membawa

menerima

membeli

mengantar

membersihkan

mengatur

menjual

memberikan

memanggil

menolong

menggoreng

mengambil

membuka

menutup

membuat

memukul

membayar

menunggu

mencari

memelihara

merusak

Latihan 8—Teka Teki Silang (TTS) Mendatar: 1. to cut something 4. to read 6. to buy something 7. to wait 8. dictionary 9. to see, to look at 10. to become, to be 11. to sell something 14. to help or assist someone 15. to keep (as a pet) 16. to use or wear something Menurun: 2. to give (something to someone) 3. rice plant 5. to pay 10. to do something 12. to plant something 13. to take, to bring, to carry

Lesson 62

62 Jenis-Jenis Pekerjaan

Aims • To practise talking about a number of common incomeearning occupations.

Vocabulary Review Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous lessons. Make sure that you remember their meanings.

Shutterstock

agen

agent

pegawai

staff

binatang

animal

pekerjaan

profession

biro wisata

tourism bureau

petani

farmer

dokter

doctor

polisi

police

dosen

lecturer

senang

to be happy

dulu

used to be

sepak bola

football, soccer

menjadi

to become, be

tempat

place

karyawan

employee

terkenal

famous

kaya

rich

terlalu

too

lebih suka

prefer

ulama

Islamic scholar

Apa Pekerjaan Anda? Akuntan

Petani

Tukang Masak

Juru Ketik

Lesson 62

Seniman

Tukang listrik

Pemain tenis

Kasir

Insinyur

Dosen

Pegawai negeri

Polisi

Montir

Pengusaha

Pelayan

Pemandu wisata

Tukang kayu

Ulama

Wartawan

Supir truk

Karyawan pabrik

Sekretaris

Mahasiswa

Tentara

Lesson 62

Menjadi In English we have a verb “to be” and a verb “to become”. A quick glance at an English dictionary will show that these are regarded as fairly distinct notions. The frst indicates something that is more or less static, that is, it describes, or refers to, a “state” or something that is not evolving. The second refers to something that is dynamic, that is, in the process of evolving or becoming something different. The distinction doesn’t exist in Indonesian, at least not with the same clarity. We have already seen that Indonesian doesn’t have a verb “to be”. But sometimes the verb menjadi seems to function like the English “to be”. Look at these examples: Ia menjadi marah sekarang. He’s angry now. Dulu saya menjadi guru, tetapi sekarang saya menjadi pengusaha. I used to be a teacher, but now I’m a businessman. Menjadi can also be used like the English “to become”. Tahun berapa Anda menjadi dosen? In what year did you become a lecturer? Tanti ingin sekali menjadi insinyur yang rajin dan efsien. Tanti is really keen to become a hard working and efficient engineer. As you can see, menjadi can be used to talk about work. Study this substitution table and practise generating sentences from it.

Pacar saya Saya Dia Kami Mereka Santi

mau ingin sudah akan pernah

menjadi

agen biro wisata pemain sepak bola sekretaris guru tukang kayu petani pegawai negeri dokter pengusaha tukang listrik wartawan dokter gigi sopir truk karyawan pabrik tentara sopir taksi dosen polisi karyawan toko pelayan akuntan ulama

yang

terkenal. baik. kaya. pandai. efsien. rajin.

Lesson 62

Exercise 62-01 Generate 10 different sentences following these instructions. Each sentence should be in two parts contrasting past ambitions with those of the present. The frst part of the sentence should be generated from the substitution table below (you can add other occupations to the column on the right). The second part of the sentence should begin... tetapi sekarang... and you should complete it indicating what your ambitions for the future are. Study this example first: Sepuluh tahun yang lalu saya ingin menjadi guru, tetapi sekarang saya mau menjadi insinyur. First part of the sentence ....

Dulu Sepuluh tahun yang lalu, Pada tahun 2008

saya

ingin ingin sekali mau pernah

menjadi

pemain tenis, wartawan, tukang listrik, petani, dosen, sopir bemo, pegawai negeri, karyawan toko, ibu rumah tangga, seniman, pemain sepak bola, montir,

Dialogue: Failed Ambitions, New Ambitions With a fellow student, or with your teacher/tutor, exchange stories about your work experiences and ambitions in former times (dulu) and your work experiences and ambitions now (sekarang). Use your imagination to make a stark contrast between the bleak disappointments and failures of the past, and the bright reality of the present and future. You might begin by saying something like this (Sound File 062-01):

D

ulu saya ingin menjadi petani karena saya suka pada binatang. Saya juga suka menanam jagung, padi dan buah-buahan, tetapi saya tidak suka tinggal di desa yang sepi yang jauh dari kota. Saya lebih suka tempat yang ramai. Jadi, saya gagal menjadi petani. Sekarang saya lebih senang menjadi karyawan toko. Saya bekerja di bagian sepatu di toko pakaian Robinson. Saya menjual sepatu laki-laki, sepatu perempuan, dan sepatu anak-anak. Tetapi sebetulnya saya lebih suka bekerja di bagian pakaian karena saya suka memakai pakaian yang mahal dan cantik. … … … … Notice the word sebetulnya in this narrative. It means something like “as a matter of fact” or “actually”. Tetapi sebetulnya has overtones of “but to be honest” so it is a useful phrase to use when you want to emphasise a contrast. Now, here are some “kick-start” sentence shells to get you going with a narrative like the one above. Run these options through your head frst and consider how you can complete

Lesson 62 them, or elaborate on them, in an imaginative and long-winded way using the Indonesian vocabulary you currently have.

Dulu saya

ingin sekali mau pernah

menjadi [occupation] tetapi saya tidak

Sekarang saya

...

lebih senang bekerja di … tidak suka bekerja sebagai … kurang pandai bekerja dengan …

Dulu saya gagal menjadi [occupation] karena

ingin sekali mau sudah

bisa suka pandai senang mau

bekerja sebagai menjadi belajar menjadi

[occupation] karena …

As you talk, your partner should interrupt with questions. Try to make these questions as varied as possible. See how many of these (and other) question words you can use. Mengapa Anda…? Berapa lama Anda…? Anda … … … naik apa? Tahun berapa Anda… ? Apakah Anda…? Setiap hari, apa tugas Anda di…? Di mana Anda…? Bagaimana (pekerjaan itu)?

Latihan 1—Vocabulary Review 1. Pemain sepak bola

a. Entrepreneur

2. Ulama

b. Physician

3. Petani

c. Police offcer

4. Pemandu wisata

d. Soldier

5. Pengusaha

e. Soccer player

6. Sekretaris

f. Journalist

7. Tukang kayu

g. Factory worker

8. Dokter

h. Islamic scholar

9. Akuntan

i. Carpenter

10. Sopir taksi

j. University teacher

11. Wartawan

k. Dentist

Lesson 62 12. Tentara

l. Accountant

13. Karyawan pabrik

m. Secretary

14. Polisi

n. Farmer

15. Dosen

o. Taxi Driver

16. Dokter gigi

p. Servant

17. Pelayan

q. Tourist Guide

Latihan 2—Failed Ambitions & New Ambitions Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat: bekerja—gagal—memakai— menanam—menjual—petani—sepatu—sepi—tempat Dulu saya ingin menjadi ____________ karena saya suka pada binatang. Saya juga suka ____________ jagung, padi dan pohon buah, tetapi saya tidak suka tinggal di desa yang ____________ yang jauh dari kota. Saya lebih suka ____________ yang ramai. Jadi, saya ____________ menjadi petani. Sekarang saya lebih senang menjadi karyawan toko. Saya ____________ di bagian sepatu di toko pakaian Robinson. Saya ____________ sepatu laki-laki, ____________ perempuan, dan sepatu anak-anak. Tetapi sebetulnya saya lebih suka bekerja di bagian pakaian karena saya suka ____________ pakaian yang mahal dan cantik.

Latihan 3—Pekerjaan Write the missing word in the blank space in each question so that the question fits with the answer beside it. 1. Apa __________ Anda? — Saya pegawai kantor. 2. Di mana Anda __________ ? — Saya bekerja di Gedung Lippo. 3. Apakah Anda __________ bekerja di Gedung Lippo? — Kurang suka. 4. Mengapa Anda tidak suka __________ di Gedung Lippo? — Karena Gedung Lippo terlalu jauh dari rumah. 5. Jam __________ Anda berangkat dari rumah? — Kira-kira jam delapan pagi. 6. Apakah Anda __________ menjadi kaya? — Ya, ingin sekali. 7. __________ berapa lama Anda bekerja di Gedung Lippo? — Sudah tiga tahun. 8. __________ Anda belajar dulu? — Di Akademi Akuntansi di Jakarta. 9. Apa __________ Anda di kantor? — Biasanya saya mengetik dan menerima telpon.

Lesson 62 10. Apakah kantor Anda lebih besar __________ kantor Bank Danamon? — Tidak. Kantor kami lebih kecil daripada kantor Bank Danamon.

Latihan 4—Jenis-jenis Pekerjaan From among the words and phrases in the right column choose one word or phrase to go with each of the occupations listed. Choose each word/phrase just once. Write the word/phrase beside the occupation that is most closely associated with it. 1. petani

.........................................................................

orang sakit

2. karyawan bank

.........................................................................

surat kabar

3. karyawan toko

.........................................................................

menjual

4. dokter

.........................................................................

rumah makan

5. ibu rumah tangga

.........................................................................

taksi

6. pelayan

.........................................................................

lapangan olahraga

7. sopir

.........................................................................

sekolah

8. guru

.........................................................................

sawah

9. wartawan

.........................................................................

uang

.........................................................................

bekerja di rumah

10. pemain sepak bola

Latihan 5—Merangkai Kata Urutkan kata-kata berikut sehingga menjadi kalimat yang baik sesuai dengan arti: 1. “He’s angry now.” Dia—menjadi—marah—sekarang. 2. “I used to be a teacher, but now I’m a businessman.” Dulu—sekarang—tetapi—menjadi—saya—guru,—saya—pengusaha. 3. “In what year did you become a lecturer?” Tahun—Anda—menjadi—berapa—dosen? 4. “Tanti is really keen to become a hard working and effcient engineer.” Tanti—yang—menjadi—dan—rajin—insinyur—ingin—sekali—efsien. 5. “At frst I wanted to become a doctor but I am not smart.” Dulu—tidak—tetapi—saya—dokter—saya—menjadi—mau—pandai.

Lesson 62

Latihan 6—Terjemahan Translate the following words. accountant animal dentist to fail, to not succeed housewife engineer a type, kind rich angry to type mechanic public servant waiter, waitress a player entrepreneur hard-working, diligent actually, to be honest secretary driver, chauffeur soldier, armed forces to answer the phone famous duties, obligations carpenter electrician journalist, reporter

Lesson 63

63 Bapak, Ibu dan Seorang

Aims • To get more practice distinguishing between the negators tidak and bukan. • To introduce and practise the common second person pronouns Bapak and Ibu. • To practise using seorang: a very common word like the English “a” / “an”.

Vocabulary Review Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous lessons. Make sure that you remember their meanings. halaman

yard (around house)

pemain

player

hati-hati

careful

pengusaha

businessman

karcis

ticket

ramah

friendly

hadiah

a gift, a present

sama sekali

absolutely, completely

ilmu kimia

chemistry

sopir

driver, chaufeur

majalah

magazine, journal

tidak boleh

may not, can not

masih

still

tukang listrik

electrician

memberikan

to give sth

turun

go down, descend

montir

mechanic

untuk

for

More Practice with bukan You will recall that back in Module 1 you learned that a noun is negated with bukan, not tidak. Tidak is used to negate verbs, adjectives and prepositions. Review Lesson 11 to refresh your memory. In these sentences both bukan and tidak appear. Observe how they are used, especially the kind of word that follows bukan and tidak. Dia bukan seniman. Dia sama sekali tidak pandai menulis atau melukis. He is not an artist. He is absolutely hopeless at writing or painting. Dia bukan montir. Dia tidak bekerja di bengkel. He is not a mechanic. He doesn’t work in a repair shop. Ini bukan rumah Ibu Ida. Rumah Ibu Ida besar. Rumah ini tidak besar. This house is not Mrs Ida’s. Mrs Ida’s house is big. This house is not big.

Lesson 63 Ibu Dibyo bukan tukang masak. Dia pegawai negeri. Dia tidak pandai memasak. Mrs Dibyo is not a cook. She is a civil servant. She can’t cook. Maaf, majalah ini tidak untuk Anda. Anda bukan mahasiswa. Sorry, this journal is not for you. You’re not a student. Kalau Anda bukan pemain, Anda tidak boleh turun ke lapangan. If you’re not a player you can’t go to the sports ground. Anda berkunjung ke pulau yang mana? Batam? Bukan! Batam tidak menarik. Which island did you visit? Batam? No! Batam isn’t interesting.

Mohon Perhatian!! A noun is a word that names a thing, person or place. Some examples of ordinary nouns in Indonesian are: penumpang (a passenger), perjalanan (travel, a trip), orang Jawa (a Javanese), selat (a strait). There are other kinds of “less ordinary” nouns, for example: 1. personal names and place names, e.g. Bapak Kamso, Surabaya, Batam. 2. pronouns, that is, words used in place of nouns, especially to refer to something or someone that has already been mentioned. Examples are saya, kamu, dia, mereka, kita and kami. 3. noun phrases, that is, a group of words that doesn’t necessarily have a noun in it but that stands for a noun, for example yang murah (the cheap one) Tidak never appears directly in front of any of these kinds of nouns. They are negated with bukan. Although tidak is the usual negator for verbs, adjectives and prepositions, in certain contexts bukan can also be used to negate them. This happens most often when you want to emphasise a contrast, or when a contrast is implied. Warnanya bukan merah tetapi hijau. It’s not red, it’s green. Hadiah ini bukan untuk kamu. Untuk Tanti! This gift is not for you. It’s for Tanti! Dia bukan mengambil uang. Sebetulnya dia memberikan uang. She didn’t take money. In fact she gave money. So it seems that bukan is a stronger, or more emphatic, negator than tidak, and for this reason can sometimes muscle its way into the negation of verbs, adjectives and prepositions, in addition to its normal function as a negator of nouns.

Bapak & Ibu In English, basically we have just one second person pronoun: “you”. Except in a few exceptional circumstances, “you” can be used to address practically anyone at all. In some European languages there are two words for “you”. French, for example, has tu and vous. You use tu when you are talking to someone with whom you are on familiar or intimate terms. It is also often used to address children, even if you are not on familiar terms with the child, or for “talking down” in an insulting or contemptuous way to adults. Vous, on the other hand, is more formal and respectful. It implies a distance between the speakers. It is the “safe” word to use.

Lesson 63 Most Indonesians are ultra-sensitive to diferences in rank, age, gender and formality. When two people talk to each other, as a rule the words they use for “you” will refect their view of the relationship between them. Are they social equals? Are they the same sex? Are they roughly the same or very diferent in age? Do they know each other well or only distantly? All these factors can infuence their choice of a word for “you”. Indeed, sometimes even ethnic diferences, or vocational diferences, or kinship diferences can play a role in determining one’s choice of a word for “you”. And there are plenty of second person pronouns (i.e. words that mean “you”) to choose from in Indonesian. If English has just one and French has two, Indonesian has around a dozen that are in common use, and probably more than ffty altogether. George Quinn’s Learner’s Dictionary of Today’s Indonesian gives 24 words for “you”. One of the interesting features of the Indonesian language (and of Indonesian society as a whole) is the impulse to relate to people as if they are members of one’s own family. It is almost as if you can only communicate with someone by making that person an “honorary” member of your family. We have a few remote echoes of this practice in European culture. For example, in the Catholic Church priests are addressed as “Father” or “Brother” depending on their rank and functions, and female members of certain orders may be addressed as “Mother” or “Sister”. Presumably this practice is a manifestation of the idea that the Christian community is a big family. Similarly, activists in certain causes may address one another as “Sister” (in some branches of the feminist movement) or “Brother” (among some activists for the welfare of African Americans). Again, behind this practice lies the idea that members of a family are close to one another, will support one another and won’t betray one another. At the same time, the use of kinship terms may function to indicate diferences in power and status within a community (as in the Catholic Church where a “Father” has higher status than a “Brother”) or that all members are equal (as in the use by egalitarian activists of terms referring to members of the same generation like “Broth er” and “Sister”). In Indonesian, the very widespread use of kinship terms as second person pronouns seems to function both to “incorporate” the addressee into an imagined community or “family”, and to make clear the diferences in status that are perceived to exist between addresser and addressee. Here are some of the most common words for “you” that are also kinship terms. Bapak, Ibu father mother Adik Saudara younger brother/sister brother/sister Oom Tante uncle aunt and many more. For the moment you are going to practise use of the second person pronouns Bapak and Ibu, both of which are of very high frequency in everyday Indonesian.

Lesson 63

Cara Indonesia So far in this course we have used just one word for “you”: Anda. There are many words for “you”: Anda is just one of them and is by no means the most commonly used. In fact Anda is a fairly recent invention, dating from the 1950s. It is slightly trendy, a bit formal, and is mostly used among Indonesia’s educated, urbanised minority. It is also widely used in advertising and public announcements. It is the closest Indonesian has to the all-purpose English “you”. But unlike “you”, Anda cannot be used indiscriminately to all and sundry. That is why it is important to master the use of Bapak and Ibu (and, little by little, the many other words for “you” in Indonesian). Who do you address as Bapak or Ibu? The fippant answer might be “practically everyone”, but in matters of etiquette in Indonesia it’s best to be very careful rather than fippant. Basically Bapak and Ibu are polite, respectful terms but not excessively formal terms. They are widely used in everyday talk. The main guidelines to bear in mind in deciding whether to use them are: you should address as Bapak or Ibu anyone who 1) is reasonably “mature” in years, say past 30 years of age, or who 2) has some claim to status, whether it be by virtue of having a job/position, or being a parent, or having an impressive bearing, and who 3) is not on really close or intimate terms with you. There are many notes that one could add to these guidelines. Here are one or two. • If you are still young (i.e. let’s say under 30 years of age) you wouldn’t normally address your peers of similar age as Bapak or Ibu (you might use Anda or Saudara, perhaps kamu), but if you are older than 30 in most instances you would address your age-peers as Bapak or Ibu (unless you are on very intimate terms with them). • Very often, a formal atmosphere or situation can dictate that Bapak or Ibu must be used rather than the more intimate term of address you might use in a more private, casual context. • In some instances you might address someone as Bapak or Ibu even if they are younger than you are. This is especially common where the younger person has a responsible job or is exercising some kind of authority over you, for example as your teacher or doctor. • The word Anda that we have used so far in these lessons is appropriate in most situations, but not everyone uses it, and in any case it has egalitarian overtones clinging to it so it wouldn’t usually be appropriate to use Anda to address someone who is a lot older than you or a lot higher in status, and who expects that rank to be acknowledged by use of explicitly respectful terms of address. Substitute Bapak or Ibu for Anda and you can’t go wrong.

Mohon Perhatian!! You should note that when the kinship terms bapak (a father) and ibu (a mother) are used as second person pronouns (i.e. meaning “you”) they are written with an initial capital letter, but when they are used in their ordinary, referential sense as kinship terms they are not capitalised (except at the beginning of a sentence, of course). By the way, in Module 3 you learned that ibu means “a mother”, but the word given for “a father” was ayah, not bapak. There are two points to remember about this. First, bapak is the Java-

Lesson 63 nese word for “a father” and ayah is the more traditionally Malay word. So you are more likely to hear ayah used in Sumatra and among educated speakers or “purists” (which is why it is used in The Indonesian Way – be grateful!). On the other hand, bapak has been enthusiastically adopted into Indonesian and you will commonly hear it used to refer to “a father”, especially in Java and among less fastidious users of the language. Second, ayah is used to mean “you” only when you are addressing your own real father. If you are not talking to your real father, but to a “pseudo-father” you should address him as Bapak.

Cara Indonesia The use of second person pronouns is one of the most difcult areas of Indonesian. Even the few tentative steps we are starting to take at this point present fairly formidable, prickly, subtle difculties. If it is any consolation, you might be interested to know that Indonesians themselves often put the choice of the right pronoun into the too hard basket. In fact, very often people will go through some fairly spectacular contortions (verbal contortions, that is) to avoid altogether using a word for “you”, especially if they are in doubt about whether to be casual or formal with the person they are talking to. You have already met an instance of “you-avoidance” in the greeting Mau ke mana? Other similar phrases are Tinggal di mana? (Where do you live?), Mau makan apa? (What would you like to eat?), Turun di mana? (Where are you getting of?). A slightly bizarre variant of this, but also very common, is the substitution of the more neutral third-person pronoun -nya for the second person pronoun. Thus you will hear people say, for example, Rumahnya di mana? (Where is your house?) or Anaknya berapa? (How many children do you have), and even Namanya siapa? (What is your name?)

Seorang In English you can say “The farmer has 30 head of cattle.” The word “head” in this sentence is a special word you use when counting cattle and certain other animals. There are not many such words (usually called “numeral classifers”) in English, but Indonesian has a number of them that are quite commonly used. For example, when counting animals in Indonesian you use not “head” but “tail” (ekor). So if you want to render the English sentence above into Indonesian you say Petani itu mempunyai 30 ekor sapi. To count human beings you use orang. Look at these examples: Ada empat orang guru di halaman sekolah. There are four teachers in the schoolyard. Mahasiswa sudah datang ... lebih dari 20 orang. The students have arrived ... more than 20 of them. Maaf, kami tidak dapat membantu Anda. Hanya ada tiga orang dokter di sini. Sorry, we can’t help you. There are only three doctors here. Ada berapa polisi di luar? Hanya seorang. How many policemen are there outside? Just one. If you are not actually counting, you usually don’t need to use a numeral classifer word.

Lesson 63 Mereka mau menjadi guru. They want to become teachers. Sebaiknya Anda bertanya kepada polisi. I’d advise you to ask the police. However, there is an exception. Very often the word seorang functions like the English “a” when “a” is used to indicate all the members of a particular class of objects or people. So in Eng lish you can say, for example, “A policeman has to be careful”. In this sentence the word “a” in dicates that we are talking not about just one individual policeman, but about a kind of general image of policemen. Seorang is used in a similar way in Indonesian. Seorang polisi harus hati-hati. A policeman has to be careful. Seorang dokter harus belajar ilmu kimia. A doctor has to study chemistry. Saya ingin menjadi seorang karyawan toko yang ramah. I want to be a friendly shop assistant.

Dialogue: Asking Politely About An Older Person’s Job With a fellow student, or with your teacher/tutor, act out a dialogue in which one person takes the role of an older man or woman, and the other a younger man or woman who wants to fnd out about the older person’s occupation. Sit facing each other rather formally. The younger person will politely address the older person as Ibu or Bapak. The older person will equally politely use Anda when addressing the younger person. Begin the dialogue with a question that demands the answer bukan, e.g. … Apakah Ibu seorang pegawai negeri? Bukan. Saya bekerja di Toko Laris. After the older speaker has said “no” the dialogue can then proceed more freely, e.g. … O begitu. Apakah Ibu seorang karyawan toko? Bukan. Saya sekretaris di kantor toko. Sudah berapa lama Ibu bekerja di kantor toko? Sudah lima tahun. More questions should follow, all asked using the formal pronoun Ibu or Bapak, e.g. Mengapa Ibu…? Berapa lama Ibu…? Ibu … … … naik apa?

Tahun berapa Ibu… ? Apakah Ibu…? Setiap hari, apa tugas Ibu di…?

Di mana Ibu…? Bagaimana pekerjaan itu, Ibu?

Lesson 63

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan. halaman

still

memberikan

not allowed to

hati-hati

chemistry

ramah

to, in order to

karcis

careful, cautious

sama sekali

to come/go down

ilmu kimia

magazine

tidak boleh

to give (something)

majalah

ticket

turun

friendly

masih

yard

untuk

absolutely

Latihan 2—Pemahaman: Bapak and Ibu Refer to the reading passage “Bapak and Ibu” to answer the following questions. 1. Most Indonesians are not ultra-sensitive to diferences in rank, age, gender and formality. A. True B. False 2. How many second person pronouns are there to choose from in Indonesian? A. Only 1 B. About 5 C. About 20 D. About 50 3. Of the second person pronouns in Indonesian, about how many are in common use? A. Only 1 B. About 5 C. About 12 D. About 25 4. Within the Indonesian language and society, is it common to relate to people as if they are members of one’s own family? A. Yes. B. No. 5. What are some uses of kinship terms? Select all that apply. A. By referring to a person as a member of a family it is implied that the members will support one another and won’t betray one another B. Kinship terms indicate diferences in power and status within a community C. Kinship terms can signify that all members are equal D. Kinship terms are rarely used in Indonesian language and culture 6. What is the function of the widespread use of kinship terms as second person pronouns? A. It “incorporates” the addressee into an imagined community or “family”. B. It makes clear the diferences in status that are perceived to exist between addresser and addressee. C. Both A and B.

Lesson 63

Latihan 3—Menjodohkan: Pekerjaan Using bukan, answer ‘no’ to each of these questions. Then, referring to the picture, add a sentence of follow-up information stating what the person actually is. In your answer, refer to the person with a pronoun like dia, saya, mereka. Apakah Pak Agus seorang montir?

Bukan. Pak Agus seorang akuntan.

Apa Sutrisno seorang tukang kayu?

Apakah dia pemandu wisata?

Apakah dia seorang guru?

Apa Pak Sudi seorang pengusaha?

Apakah Bapak Tobing seorang tentara?

Apakah Dewi tukang masak?

Apa Eko insinyur?

Apakah Ibu Lestari karyawan pabrik?

Latihan 4—Pilihan Ganda Refer to each of the following sentences and decide whether to replace Anda with either Bapak or Ibu as appropriate. 1. Anda mau minum? (A householder puts this question to a lady from the census ofce.) A. Anda B. Bapak C. Ibu

Lesson 63 2. Di mana rumah Anda? (A tourist puts this question to a matronly lady in the market.? A. Anda B. Bapak C. Ibu 3. O begitu. Saya kira Anda dari Jepang! (A young man expresses mild incredulity when his elderly travelling companion tells him he is from Indonesia.) A. Anda B. Bapak C. Ibu 4. Apa pekerjaan Anda? (This question is put to an important-looking man in uniform.) A. Anda B. Bapak C. Ibu 5. Menurut pendapat saya, sebaiknya Anda jangan menginap di Hotel Pasar. (A young local ofers free advice to a visiting gentleman from overseas.) A. Anda B. Bapak C. Ibu 6. Sudah berapa lama Anda menjadi kepala sekolah? (This question is put to the headmistress of a secondary school.) A. Anda B. Bapak C. Ibu 7. Anda lahir lima puluh tahun yang lalu? Tahun berapa? (A census ofcial puts this question to a gentleman.) A. Anda B. Bapak C. Ibu 8. Dulu Anda kuliah di mana? (This question is put to a lady in a white lab coat.) A. Anda B. Bapak C. Ibu 9. Saya kira kita pernah bertemu 40 tahun yang lalu. Apakah Anda pernah tinggal di Bogor? (Two men are in conversation.) A. Anda B. Bapak C. Ibu 10. Anda punya lima anak? Apakah mereka masih bersekolah atau sudah bekerja? (A woman is asked about her children.) A. Anda B. Bapak C. Ibu

Lesson 63

Latihan 5—Isian Fill in the gap in each sentence below with the name of an occupation so that it fts in with the rest of the sentence and makes good sense. 1. Kakak saya seorang ________________. Ia bekerja di bengkel. 2. Seorang ________________ toko harus ramah kepada pembeli. 3. Seorang ________________ harus bekerja di sawah dari pagi sampai sore. 4. Kalau Anda mau menjadi ________________, Anda harus belajar di universitas selama kira-kira tujuh tahun. 5. Katanya, Ibu seorang ________________ negeri. Boleh saya minta informasi? 6. Bapak seorang ________________? Bapak bekerja di surat kabar apa? 7. Anda seorang ________________ tenis? Apakah Anda pernah bermain dengan Roger Federer atau Serena Williams atau Rafael Nadal? 8. Katanya, Bapak seorang ________________ bis. Berapa harga karcis bis dari Manado ke Tondano? 9. Katanya, Bapak seorang ________________ kayu. Apakah Bapak bisa membuat meja dan kursi untuk saya? 10. O, jadi Ibu seorang ________________. Ibu mengajar apa?

Latihan 6—Isian: Bukan & Tidak Choose between bukan and tidak. 1. Dia _________ bisa melukis. Dia _________ seorang seniman. 2. Dia _________ bisa memasak. Dia seorang montir, _________ tukang masak. 3. Kalau Anda _________ pemain, Anda _________ boleh turun ke lapangan. 4. Ibu Indah _________ bisa mengajar karena dia _________ seorang guru. 5. Andita sama sekali _________ bisa menulis. 6. Saya rasa Bapak Rian _________ seorang pengusaha. 7. Ibu Diah _________ seorang tukang listrik. Dia seorang guru.

Lesson 63

Latihan 7—Kosa Kata 1 Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan. 1. Bapak

a. a, one (animal)

2. Ibu

b. a, one (person)

3. adik

c. father, mature male person, a gentleman

4. Saudara

d. aunt

5. om

e. brother, sibling, kin

6. tante

f. mother, mature female person, a lady

7. bapak

g. uncle

8. saudara

h. you (addressing a gentleman)

9. ibu

i. you (addressing a lady)

10. seorang

j. you (formal term of address)

11. seekor

k. younger brother/sister

Latihan 8—Kosa Kata 2 1. bengkel

a. a cook

2. ekor

b. a painter (artist)

3. hadiah

c. an animal’s tail; a counter-word for animals

4. kepala sekolah

d. artist

5. masih

e. cattle, cow, ox

6. melukis

f. descend, go down, disembark, come down

7. sapi

g. friendly

8. seniman

h. gift, present, prize

9. pelukis

i. magazine, journal

10. tukang masak

j. school principal, headmaster/headmistress

11. ramah

k. skilled worker; craftsman

12. tukang

l. still

13. turun

m. ticket

14. karcis

n. to paint (a painting)

15. majalah

o. workshop

Lesson 64

64 Pekerjaan Seorang Petani

Aims • To provide more practice with adverbs of frequency. • To make a start talking about work, especially work in a rural village.

Vocabulary Review Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous lessons. Make sure that you remember their meanings. Seorang Petani Bekerja di Sawah (© U. Kozok)

beberapa

some

menanam

to plant, burry

bekerja keras

work hard

misalnya

for example

berlibur

to go on vacation

pertama-tama

frst of all

di samping

besides

sarapan

(to have) breakfast

ibu rumah tangga

housewife

selalu

always

kegiatan

activity

sering

often

keras

hard, vigorously

suami

husband

luar negeri

overseas

surat

letter

manis

sweet

menerima

to receive

melakukan

to do

tidak begitu

it's not like that

melukis

to paint

tidak pernah

never

membuat

to make

tukang kayu

carpenter

Talking About the Frequency of Actions/Events You have already met the adverbs of frequency biasanya and kadang-kadang. Frequency extends on either side of these two terms, ranging from “always” at the high-frequency end, through “often”, “usually” and “sometimes”, to “never” at the bottom end of the frequency range. Here are the Indonesian equivalents:

Lesson 64

 low frequency tidak pernah never

jarang rarely

high frequency 

kadang-kadang sometimes

sering often

selalu always

Usually these words appear in the number two position in a sentence, that is, immediately after the frst word or after the initial adverbial phrase. But kadang-kadang, sering and biasanya also often appear right at the beginning of a sentence. Saya tidak pernah bekerja pada malam hari. I never work at night. Apakah Bapak kadang-kadang pergi ke gunung untuk melukis? Do you sometimes go to the mountains to paint pictures? Kadang-kadang saya pergi ke gunung untuk melukis. Sometimes I go to the mountains to paint pictures. Biasanya saya menerima telepon dan mengetik surat. Usually I take phone calls and type letters. Hasan jarang makan sayur. Hasan rarely eats vegetables. Ibu Oka seorang pengusaha kaya. Ia sering ke luar negeri. Mrs Oka is a wealthy businesswoman. She often goes overseas. Sebagai pelayan kamu harus selalu ramah pada tamu-tamu di restoran. As a waiter you always have to be friendly with customers in the restaurant.

Exercise 64-01 Complete these sentences describing the various things done (and not done) by diferent kinds of workers. Complete the frst sentences given below and, after adding the information required, it should be followed by sering juga ia... The third sentence should begin with kadang-kadang ia...and fnally, end your sentence with seorang [insert the profession here] tidak pernah...Study the model frst: Seorang petani Biasanya seorang petani bekerja di sawah. Sering juga ia bekerja di halaman rumah. Kadang-kadang ia bertemu dengan Kepala Desa. Seorang petani tidak pernah menginap di hotel yang mahal. 1 Seorang dosen

2

Biasanya seorang dosen mengajar di... Sering juga ia... Kadang-kadang ia... Jarang ia... Seorang dosen tidak pernah... 3 Seorang tukang kayu

Biasanya seorang seniman melukis di... Sering juga ia... Kadang-kadang ia... Jarang ia... Seorang seniman tidak pernah... 4

Biasanya seorang tukang kayu membuat... 5 Seorang mahasiswa Biasanya seorang mahasiswa kuliah di...

Seorang seniman

Seorang tukang masak Biasanya seorang tukang masak bekerja di...

6

Seorang sopir taksi Biasanya seorang sopir taksi bekerja di...

Lesson 64 7 Seorang montir

8

Biasanya seorang montir memperbaiki mobil di... 9 Seorang ibu rumah tangga Biasanya seorang ibu rumah tangga mengasuh anak-anak di ...

Seorang wartawan Biasanya seorang wartawan bekerja di ...

10. Seorang sekretaris Biasanya seorang sekretaris bekerja mengetik...

The Working Life of a Village Farmer First listen to Sound File 064-01. Then read the following passage very carefully. Watch out for use of Bapak, Ibu and seorang that you practised in the previous lesson, and observe how adverbs of frequency are used. When you have fnished, do Latihan 2–5 to check your understanding of this passage.

Pekerjaan Seorang Petani

petani selalu bekerja keras. Biasanya ia bangun pagi-pagi, kadang-kadang sebeSSabtueorang lum jam lima pagi dia sudah bangun. Seorang petani tidak pernah berlibur. Pada hari dan hari Minggu biasanya dia bekerja juga. Di samping bekerja seorang petani juga harus membantu mengurus desanya. Ia harus membersihkan jalan di desa, ikut rapat desa dan membantu dalam kegiatan-kegiatan desa. Bapak Karyono misalnya. Pak Yono tinggal di Muncul, kampung kecil yang terletak kira-kira sepuluh kilometer dari kota Salatiga dan lima belas kilometer dari kota Ambarawa di provinsi Jawa Tengah. Biasanya Pak Yono bangun sebelum jam setengah enam pagi. Ia jarang bangun sesudah jam enam. Pertama-tama ia bersembahyang, lalu ia sarapan nasi dengan sambal. Kadang-kadang ia juga makan ikan. Pak Yono selalu minum kopi yang manis sekali. Jam enam ia berangkat ke sawah. Sawah Pak Yono tidak jauh dari desa Muncul, hanya kira-kira dua kilometer. Biasanya ia berjalan kaki tetapi kadang-kadang ia naik sepeda. Biasanya Pak Yono bekerja di sawah menanam padi. Kira-kira jam sebelas siang Ibu Karyono datang ke sawah membawa makanan untuk suaminya. Mereka makan siang bersama di sawah, tetapi pada hari Jumat mereka tidak pernah makan siang di sawah karena Pak Yono harus sembahyang di mesjid. Pada jam sebelas ia sudah pulang ke rumah untuk mandi dan berganti pakaian. Kalau ke mesjid ia selalu memakai baju yang bagus dan bersih. Pada jam 12 siang ia bersembahyang di mesjid bersama dengan orang-orang kampung lainnya. Sesudah pulang bersembahyang ia selalu duduk bercakap-cakap dengan teman-temannya. Kadang-kadang ada rapat desa. Pak Yono dan beberapa teman bertemu di rumah Kepala Desa. Mereka berbicara tentang urusan desa dan program pembangunan pemerintah. Pada hari Sabtu dan hari Minggu biasanya Pak Yono bekerja di sawah juga tetapi kadang-kadang ia ikut berolahraga. Pak Yono suka ikut pertandingan sepak bola, dan kadang-kadang juga bulu tangkis. Pak Yono pandai bermain sepak bola tetapi ia tidak begitu pandai bermain bulu tangkis. Biasanya ia hanya ikut menonton pertandingan bulu tangkis. Pada hari Rabu ada pasar di desa Banyubiru tidak jauh dari desa Muncul. Ibu Karyono se lalu pergi ke pasar Banyubiru itu untuk menjual buah-buahan, ikan dan makanan kecil. Bu Yono seorang ibu rumah tangga yang rajin. Dia pandai sekali memasak. Sebelum berangkat ke pasar ia sudah membuat roti dan kue kering. Roti dan kue Bu Yono terkenal karena enak dan manis. Banyak orang mencari Bu Yono untuk membeli kue kering dan rotinya. Bu Yono selalu berangkat ke pasar sebelum jam lima pagi. Biasanya ia naik bemo tetapi kadang-kadang ia naik dokar. Biasanya ia di pasar sampai siang. Kalau buah-buahan, ikan dan makanan kecilnya sudah habis baru ia pulang. Sebelum pulang ia berbelanja. Kadang-kadang ia juga membeli pakaian.

Lesson 64

Pekerjaan Seorang Petani: Retelling the Narrative Retell the narrative Pekerjaan Seorang Petani without reading it out from the online material. You don’t need to reproduce the narrative exactly as it is written. You can change the order of components, paraphrase the content, and insert extra information that you have made up yourself (taking care to ensure that the grammar is correct, of course). As you speak, you are allowed to glance at a “crib sheet” of half a dozen single words and short phrases lifted from the text that will help jog your memory. To prepare this small list, re-read the narrative Pekerjaan Seorang Petani, pulling it apart to identify the key words and key short phrases that you think will help you remember the narrative and retell it as completely and as accurately as possible. After you have successfully retold the narrative several times with the help of your crib-sheet, throw it away and talk confdently about pekerjaan seorang petani without any help. And as your confdence grows, feel free to embellish the story with your own comments and inventions. Talk about pekerjaan seorang petani to a fellow student, or your teacher/tutor, or to all the members of a class. Ask them to put questions to you. Latihan 2 ofers some good examples of questions, but there are many others too that can be asked.

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu beberapa

beside

membuat

for example

bekerja keras

outside

menanam

frstly, frst of all

berlibur

an activity

misalnya

to make

di samping

country

pertama-tama

to plant

kegiatan

to take a holiday

selalu

often

di luar

sweet

sering

always

negeri

to work hard

suami

carpenter

manis

to do something

surat

a letter

melakukan

some, several

tukang kayu

a husband

Latihan 2—Pemahaman: Pekerjaan Seorang Petani Bacalah bacaan “Pekerjaan Seorang Petani” dan jawablah pertanyaan di bawah ini. 1. Apakah Bapak Karyono naik sepeda motor ke sawah?[2] A. Tidak. Bapak Karyono naik sepeda ke sawah. B. Ya. Pak Karyono naik sepeda motor ke sawah. C. Ya, kadang-kadang ia naik sepeda motor tapi biasanya naik sepeda. 2. Apakah Bapak Karyono selalu ikut bermain bulu tangkis?[4] A. Tidak. Ia tidak suka bermain bulu tangkis. B. Tidak. Biasanya ia hanya menonton pertandingan bulu tangkis. C. Ya. Ia bermain bulu tangkis dan sepak bola.

Lesson 64 3. Biasanya Bapak Karyono bangun sebelum atau sesudah jam sembilan pagi?[2] A. Ia bangun kira-kira pukul setengah lima pagi. B. Biasanya, ia bangun sesudah jam sepuluh pagi. C. Ia selalu bangun pukul sembilan pagi. 4. Di mana desa Muncul?[2] A. Di dekat kota Salatiga. B. Di antara kota Salatiga dan Ambarawa. C. Jauh dari Salatiga. 5. Di mana Ibu Karyono biasanya menjual buah-buahan, ikan dan makanan kecil?[5] A. Di pasar di Salatiga B. Di pasar Banyubiru C. Di pasar Ambarawa 6. Di samping bekerja di sawah seorang petani harus melakukan tugas apa?[1] A. Bermain bulu tangkis. B. Bertemu kepala desa untuk rapat. C. Berjualan di pasar. 7. Jam berapa Ibu Karyono berangkat ke pasar?[6] A. Ia berangkat kira-kira pukul lima pagi. B. Ia berangkat kira-kira pukul setengah lima pagi. C. Ia berangkat kira-kira pukul setengah enam pagi. 8. Kalau ada rapat di rumah Kepala Desa, orang desa Muncul berbicara tentang apa? [3] A. Mereka membicarakan program pembangunan pemerintah. B. Mereka bercakap-cakap tentang olahraga. C. Mereka berbicara tentang sawah dan desa mereka. 9. Mengapa pada hari Jumat Bapak Karyono selalu pulang sebelum jam sebelas?[3] A. Karena ia harus pergi ke rumah Bapak Kepala Desa. B. Karena ia harus berjualan di pasar. C. Karena ia harus sembahyang di mesjid. 10. Pada pagi hari Bapak Karyono sarapan apa?[2] A. Ia sarapan buah-buahan. B. Ia sarapan nasi dengan sambal. C. Ia tidak sarapan.

Latihan 3—Pemahaman Jawab pertanyaan berikut ini sesuai dengan bacaannya. 1. What other tasks that a farmer has to do? (Select all that apply) [1] A. Cleaning the roads B. Bathing the bufaloes and cows C. Cultivating rice felds D. Joining the community meeting E. Cleaning a mosque F. Participating in the community activities

Lesson 64 2. Muncul Village is closer to Ambarawa than to Salatiga. [2] A. True B. False 3. What is a typical breakfast for Mr. Yono? [2] A. rice porridge B. fried rice C. rice with meat D. rice with a chilli-based side dish 4. Pak Yono eats rice with fsh on a daily basis. [3] A. True B. False 5. What vehicle does Mr. Yono sometimes take to go to his paddy feld? [2] A. A bus B. A three wheeled vehicle called bemo C. A bicycle D. He does not require transportation because he always walks. 6. Why do Mr. and Mrs. Yono never eat together on Fridays? [3] A. Because Mr. Yono has to work hard on Fridays. B. Because Mrs. Yono has to do Friday Prayer at the mosque. C. Because Mrs. Yono never cooks on Fridays. D. Because Mr. Yono has to go the mosque. 7. What sport is Mr. Yono good at? [4] A. Swimming B. Soccer C. Tennis D. Badminton 8. What items does Mrs. Yono sell at the market? [5] A. snack food, meat, and fruits B. cakes, fsh, and bananas C. cakes, fsh, and apples D. snack food, fsh, and fruits 9. Mrs. Yono usually goes to the market at 5:00. [6] A. True B. False 10. What does Mr. Yono sometimes do before going home? [6] A. She cooks for Mr. Yono. B. She goes shopping. C. She buys some clothes. D. She chats with her friends

Lesson 64

Latihan 4—Isian: Pekerjaan Seorang Petani Lengkapilah teks di bawah ini dengan kata-kata berikut: beberapa—bekerja—berlibur bersembahyang—harus—menanam—mesjid—pembangunan—petani—rapat—sebelum Seorang ____________ selalu ____________ keras. Biasanya ia bangun pagi-pagi, kadang-kadang sebelum jam lima pagi dia sudah bangun. Seorang petani tidak pernah ____________. Pada hari Sabtu dan hari Minggu biasanya dia bekerja juga. Di samping bekerja seorang petani juga harus membantu mengurus desanya. Ia harus membersihkan jalan di desa, ikut rapat desa dan membantu dalam kegiatan-kegiatan desa. Bapak Karyono misalnya. Pak Yono tinggal di Muncul, kampung kecil yang terletak kirakira sepuluh kilometer dari kota Salatiga dan lima belas kilometer dari kota Ambarawa di provinsi Jawa Tengah. Biasanya Pak Yono bangun ____________ jam setengah enam pagi. Ia tidak pernah bangun sesudah jam enam. Pertama-tama ia ____________, lalu ia sarapan nasi dengan sambal. Kadang-kadang ia juga makan ikan. Pak Yono selalu minum kopi yang manis sekali. Jam enam ia berangkat ke sawah. Sawah Pak Yono tidak jauh dari desa Muncul, hanya kira-kira dua kilometer. Biasanya ia berjalan kaki tetapi kadang-kadang ia naik sepeda. Biasanya Pak Yono bekerja di sawah ____________ padi. Kira-kira jam sebelas siang Ibu Karyono datang ke sawah membawa makanan untuk suaminya. Mereka makan siang bersama di sawah, tetapi pada hari Jumat mereka tidak pernah makan siang di sawah karena Pak Yono ____________ sembahyang di ____________. Pada jam sebelas ia sudah pulang ke rumah untuk mandi dan berganti pakaian. Kalau ke mesjid ia selalu memakai baju yang bagus dan bersih. Pada jam 12 siang ia bersembahyang di mesjid bersama dengan orang-orang kampung lainnya. Sesudah pulang bersembahyang ia selalu duduk bercakap-cakap dengan teman-temannya. Kadang-kadang ada ____________ desa. Pak Yono dan beberapa teman bertemu di rumah Kepala Desa. Mereka berbicara tentang urusan desa dan program ____________ pemerintah.

Latihan 5—Isian: Pekerjaan Seorang Petani (cont.) berbelanja—berolahraga—memasak—membeli—mencari—menjual—pandai—sampai— sebelum—terkenal Pada hari Sabtu dan hari Minggu biasanya Pak Yono bekerja di sawah juga tetapi kadang-kadang ia ikut ____________. Pak Yono suka ikut pertandingan sepak bola, dan kadang-kadang juga bulu tangkis. Pak Yono ____________ bermain sepak bola tetapi ia ti-

Lesson 64 dak begitu pandai bermain bulu tangkis. Biasanya ia hanya ikut menonton pertandingan bulu tangkis. Pada hari Rabu ada pasar di desa Banyubiru tidak jauh dari desa Muncul. Ibu Karyono selalu pergi ke pasar Banyubiru itu untuk ____________ buah-buahan, ikan dan makanan kecil. Bu Yono seorang ibu rumah tangga yang rajin. Dia pandai sekali ____________. Sebelum berangkat ke pasar ia sudah membuat roti dan kue kering. Roti dan kue Bu Yono ____________ karena enak dan manis. Banyak orang ____________ Bu Yono untuk membeli kue kering dan rotinya. Bu Yono selalu berangkat ke pasar ____________ jam lima pagi. Biasanya ia naik bemo tetapi kadang-kadang ia naik dokar. Biasanya ia di pasar ____________ siang. Kalau buah-buahan, ikan dan makanan kecilnya sudah habis baru ia pulang. Sebelum pulang ia ____________. Kadang-kadang ia juga ____________ pakaian.

Latihan 6—Menyimak Dengarkan Rekaman 064-02 di bawah ini dan pilih arti yang benar dalam bahasa Inggris. 1.

a. Usually a carpenter makes tables and chairs.

2.

b. Usually a lecturer teaches at a university.

3.

c. Sometimes he works making houses and garages.

4.

d. Often he also studies at the library.

5.

e. He also often makes cabinets and beds.

6.

f. A carpenter never works in the felds.

7.

g. A lecturer never teaches at primary schools.

8.

h. Sometimes he drinks beer at a bar.

9.

i. Sometimes he works at home.

Latihan 7— Frequency Number the following words from 1-5 with 1 being the lowest frequency (never) to 5 being the highest frequency (always): kadang-kadang—selalu—tidak pernah—sering—jarang

Lesson 64

Latihan 8—Menyimak Dengarkan Rekaman 064-03 dan pilih arti yang benar dalam bahasa Inggris. 1.

a. She is a wealthy businesswoman.

2.

b. Sometimes I go to the mountains to paint pictures.

3.

c. I never work at night.

4.

d. Usually I take phone calls and type letters.

5.

e. Do you sometimes go to the mountains to paint pictures?

6.

f. As a waiter you always have to be friendly with customers in the restaurant.

7.

g. She often goes overseas.

Latihan 9—Jenis-jenis Pekerjaan Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan. 1. seorang dosen

a. a secretary

2. seorang tukang kayu

b. an artist

3. seorang mahasiswa

c. a journalist

4. seorang montir

d. a mechanic

5. seorang seniman

e. a housewife

6. seorang ibu rumah tangga

f. a cook

7. seorang tukang masak

g. a university student

8. seorang sekretaris

h. a taxi driver

9. seorang wartawan

i. a carpenter

10. seorang sopir taksi

j. a lecturer (university teacher)

11. seorang pelukis

k. a painter (artist)

Latihan 10—Kosa Kata Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan. baru

new

rapat

meeting

habis

fnished, gone

sambal

chili-based dish

keras

hard, vigorously

sedikit

a little bit

kue kering

cookies

urusan

matter

makanan kecil

snacks

tidak pernah

usually

mengurus

organise, take care of

kadang-kadang

never

organisasi

organisation

biasanya

often

Lesson 64 pembangunan

development

selalu

sometimes

sering

always

Latihan 11—Teka Teki Silang (TTS) Mendatar: 1. a letter 4. not many, not much, a little 6. chilli-based side dish 8. to take care of 10. for example 11. a meeting 13. activity 16. economic development 17. it is only then that..., before 18. always 19. sweet Menurun: 2. matters requiring attention, afairs 3. to take a holiday 5. to plant 7. hard, vigorously 8. to do something 9. often 12. some, several 14. husband 15. used up, fnished

Lesson 65

65 Berwawancara Dengan Orang Desa

Aims • To practise talking about, and with, villagers.

Vocabulary Review Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous lessons. Make sure that you remember their meanings. bangun

to wake up

misalnya

for example

barang

things, goods

pembangunan

development

bersembahyang

to pray

pendapat

opinion

bertanya

to ask a question

perempuan

female, a woman

ikut

to join activity

perlu

to need

kue

a cake, snacks

petani

a farmer

lakukan

to do

rapat

a meeting

lalu

and then

sampai

until

makanan

food

sawah

paddy feld

masyarakat

a community

sebelum

before

membawa

to bring, to take

sedikit

a little bit

mencari

to look for

singgah

to make short visit

menjual

to sell

terlalu

too (‘as in too much’)

menurut

according to

urusan

things, matter

An Interview With Two Villagers In Lesson 64 you met Bapak Karyono and Ibu Karyono, two villagers who live in Muncul, Central Java. Now, imagine that you are a student (mahasiswa) from Widya Buana University. You are doing a research assignment in Muncul. You interview Bapak Karyono and Ibu Karyono, asking them about details of their working lives. Here is the transcript of a possible interview, but listen to Sound File 065-01 before!

Lesson 65

Wawancara dengan Bapak & Ibu Karyono (1) Selamat sore, Bapak dan Ibu. Saya perlu informasi tentang pekerjaan seorang petani. Apakah saya boleh bertanya sedikit kepada Bapak dan Ibu? Silakan. Biasanya jam berapa Bapak bangun? Biasanya saya bangun sebelum jam lima pagi tetapi pada hari Minggu saya bangun kirakira jam enam. Lalu apa yang Bapak lakukan? Saya bersembahyang dan sarapan, lalu saya pergi ke sawah. Berapa lama Bapak bekerja di sawah? Saya tidak pernah pulang sebelum jam sepuluh pagi dan biasanya saya bekerja di sawah sampai jam dua siang, kadang-kadang sampai sore. Apakah Bapak juga makan di sawah? Ya. Istri saya selalu membawa makanan untuk saya. O begitu. Bu, boleh saya bertanya kepada Ibu? Silakan. Apakah Ibu juga ikut mencari uang? Ya. Saya membuat kue dan roti yang saya jual di pasar Banyubiru. Apakah Bapak juga ikut menjual roti dan kue? O, tidak pernah. Bapak tidak pandai menjual barang-barang di pasar. Tetapi kadangkadang dia berbelanja di pasar. Bapak perlu membeli apa di pasar? Biasanya saya mencari pakaian. Kadang-kadang saya juga perlu alat-alat untuk pekerjaan saya. Bu, apakah Ibu juga kadang-kadang menjual kue dan roti di pasar Salatiga atau di pasar Ambarawa?

Lesson 65 Tidak pernah. Salatiga dan Ambarawa terlalu jauh untuk saya. Apakah Ibu juga ikut rapat desa dengan Bapak? Kadang-kadang, tetapi saya selalu ikut rapat ibu-ibu di kampung kami. O, ada rapat ibu-ibu? Ada. Apa yang Ibu lakukan dalam rapat-rapat itu? Kami berbicara tentang masalah-masalah di kampung kami. Kami membantu perempuan di desa kami dan kami juga bercakap-cakap tentang program pembangunan pemerintah di desa kami. Hmmm, bagus. Jadi, tidak ada masalah besar di desa Bapak dan Ibu? Aduh! Ada! Banyak juga masalah di desa kami. Misalnya? Misalnya, di desa kami perlu sekali ada...

Exercise 65-01 Below you will fnd fve ways that Ibu (or Bapak) Karyono might have completed the last sentence in the interview above. Choose one of them and write several new sentences of dialogue between the guest and Ibu or Bapak Karyono. A model answer is given immediately below for you to refer to if necessary, but use your own ideas and creativity while ensuring that what you write is grammatically correct and culturally appropriate. Using saya kira or menurut pendapat saya plus lebih baik, or sebaiknya give Ibu or Bapak Karyono some polite suggestions about what they should do. Model answer: Ibu/Bapak Karyono: Misalnya di desa kami belum ada terminal bis. Bis-bis tidak singgah di desa kami. Kami ingin sekali membangun terminal bis di desa kami. Tamu: Apakah ada uang untuk membangun terminal bis? Ibu/Bapak Karyono: Belum ada. Kami masih mencari uang. Katanya pemerintah akan membantu kami. Tamu: Menurut pendapat saya, sebaiknya Ibu/Bapak jangan membangun terminal bis dulu. Terlalu mahal. Lebih baik Ibu/Bapak membangun sekolah......

Lesson 65 Starters (choose one of these to complete Ibu or Bapak Karyono’s last sentence and add further comments): (a) Misalnya, di desa kami belum ada pasar. Orang di desa Muncul harus pergi ke Banyubiru untuk berbelanja dan menjual barang-barang. Kalau ada pasar di desa Muncul kami bisa.... Kami ingin sekali .... (b) Misalnya, di desa kami belum ada sekolah. Anak-anak dari desa Muncul harus naik bemo ke Ambarawa untuk bersekolah. Kalau ada sekolah di desa Muncul anak kami bisa .... Kami ingin sekali .... (c) Misalnya, di desa kami belum ada kantor desa. Bapak Kepala Desa harus bekerja di rumahnya. Tetapi rumahnya kecil sekali. Kalau ada kantor di desa Muncul Bapak Kepala Desa bisa .... Kami ingin sekali .... (d) Misalnya, di desa kami belum ada pabrik. Di desa Muncul banyak orang yang miskin. Mereka tidak punya pekerjaan. Kalau ada pabrik di desa Muncul orang-orang miskin bisa .... Kami ingin sekali .... (e) Misalnya, di desa kami belum ada lapangan olahraga atau gedung olahraga. Anak-anak kami suka sekali bermain badminton, tenis dan sepak bola, tetapi tidak ada lapangan atau gedung untuk mereka. Mereka harus bermain di jalan! Kalau ada lapangan olahraga atau gedung olahraga masyarakat di desa kami bisa… Kami ingin sekali…

Role Play: Berwawancara Dengan Seorang Petani Carefully read (i) the information in Pekerjaan Seorang Petani as well as (ii) the interview between the visitor from Universitas Widya Buana and Bapak and Ibu Karyono and (iii) the aspirations of the people of Muncul as sketched in Exercise 64-02. Learn by heart as much of these three sources as you can. Taking the interview as your beginning point, but feshing it out with words and phrases taken from the reading passage and Exercise 64-02, recreate the interview in a role play involving three actors. If necessary make big (or small) cue cards that you can glance at while you are rehearsing. Repeat the role play several times until you are confdent that you have mastered the basic questions, answers, events and issues without using cue cards. Then go back over the material you have studied in Modules One to Four, ransacking them for ideas and words that you can use to bulk up the role play, making it longer, more diverse and more interesting. For example, go back to Lesson 55 in which there is a debate about the merits of living in the country and the city. Add your own personal touch es to the role play (but make sure your Indonesian is grammatically correct). When you have mastered the role play smoothly and creatively, try using some of its themes, phrases and words as a kick-of point for the development of a new role play in which people from other occupations are interviewed. Try role playing an interview with, for example, a waiter or waitress (pelayan), a shop assistant (karyawan toko), a university student (mahasiswa), a housewife (ibu rumah tangga), a public servant (pegawai negeri) or a businessman/businesswoman (pengusaha).

An Interview With Two Villagers Below is the possible continuation of the interview that you listened to at the beginning of this lesson. Listen to Sound File 065-02 before reading the transcription. Misalnya, di desa kami perlu sekali ada pasar. Orang di desa kami harus pergi ke Banyubiru untuk berbelanja dan menjual barang-barang.

Lesson 65 Apakah transportasi ke desa lain sulit? Ya...tidak juga tapi perlu waktu yang cukup lama. Apa ada lagi masalah besar di kampung ini? Kami juga perlu sekali dokter perempuan. Mengapa? Ya di sini sudah ada dokter laki-laki tetapi ibu-ibu lebih suka berobat ke dokter perempuan karena mereka lebih mudah berbicara dengan dokter perempuan. Ada lagi? Ya...di sini belum ada sekolah menengah. Yang ada hanya SD. Jadi anak-anak kami setelah SD harus pergi ke Banyubiru untuk bersekolah di SMP dan SMA. O begitu. Lalu apakah ada masalah lain, Bu? Di desa kami belum ada pabrik. Di desa kami banyak juga orang yang belum bekerja. Kalau ada pabrik pasti mereka dapat bekerja. Dan ekonomi desa kami akan lebih baik. Ada masalah lainnya? Ada satu lagi. Di desa kami tidak ada lapangan atau gedung olahraga. Anak-anak kami sangat suka berolahraga seperti sepak bola dan badminton. Tapi tidak ada lapangan atau gedung untuk mereka.

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan. bangun

to follow, go along

mencari

to sell something

barang

to worship, to pray

menjual

for example

bersembahyang

cake

misalnya

to look for, to seek

bertanya

to do (something)

pembangunan

female

ikut

to get up

perempuan

development

kue

food

rapat

a meeting

lakukan

to ask a question

sampai

too

lalu

community, society

sebelum

to drop by

makanan

a thing, goods

singgah

until (a certain time)

masyarakat

to take, bring, carry

terlalu

before

membawa

ago, last

Lesson 65

Latihan 2—An Interview with Two Villagers Read the interview and decide whether the following statements are right or wrong. 1. On Sundays Pak Yono wakes up later because he does not work. A. BENAR B. SALAH 2. On Sundays Pak Yono goes to church. A. BENAR B. SALAH 3. Pak Yono prepares his lunch in the feld. A. BENAR B. SALAH 4. Pak Yono buys stuf at the market but he never sells anything. A. BENAR B. SALAH 5. The tamu (guest) asks whether Bu Yono also earns money. What phrase is used for “to earn money”? ___________ 6. Pak Yono occasionally purchases various agricultural tools on the market. What is the word for “all kinds of tools”? ___________ 7. Ibu Karyono also has to attend meetings. What is the word for “meeting”? _______ 8.

Bu Yono says that her village faces many problematic issues. What is the word for “issue, problem”? ___________

Latihan 3—Menyimak Listen to Sound File 065-01 and fll in the blanks. Selamat sore, Bapak dan Ibu. Saya perlu informasi tentang __________ seorang petani. Apakah saya boleh __________ sedikit kepada Bapak dan Ibu? Silakan. Biasanya jam __________ Bapak bangun? Biasanya saya bangun sebelum jam lima pagi tetapi pada hari Minggu saya bangun kira-kira jam enam. Lalu apa yang Bapak __________? Saya bersembahyang dan __________, lalu saya pergi ke sawah. Berapa lama Bapak bekerja di sawah?

Lesson 65 Saya tidak pernah pulang sebelum jam sepuluh pagi dan biasanya saya bekerja di sawah sampai jam dua siang, kadang-kadang __________ sore. Apakah Bapak juga makan di sawah? Ya. Istri saya selalu membawa __________ untuk saya. O __________. Bu, boleh saya bertanya kepada Ibu? Silakan. Apakah Ibu juga ikut __________ uang? Ya. Saya membuat kue dan roti yang saya __________ di pasar Banyubiru. Apakah Bapak juga ikut __________ roti dan kue? O, tidak pernah. Bapak tidak pandai menjual barang-barang di pasar. Tetapi kadang-kadang dia berbelanja di __________. Bapak perlu membeli apa di pasar? Biasanya saya mencari pakaian. Kadang-kadang saya juga perlu alat-alat untuk __________ saya. Bu, apakah Ibu juga kadang-kadang menjual __________ dan roti di pasar Salatiga atau di pasar Ambarawa? Tidak pernah. Salatiga dan Ambarawa __________ jauh untuk saya. Apakah Ibu juga ikut __________ desa dengan Bapak? Kadang-kadang, tetapi saya selalu ikut rapat ibu-ibu di __________ kami. O, ada rapat ibu-ibu? __________. Apa yang Ibu __________ dalam rapat-rapat itu? Kami berbicara tentang masalah-masalah di kampung kami. Kami __________ perempuan di desa kami dan kami juga bercakap-cakap tentang program pembangunan __________ di desa kami.

Lesson 65 Hmmm, bagus. Jadi, tidak ada masalah besar di desa Bapak dan Ibu? Aduh! Ada! Banyak juga __________ di desa kami. Misalnya? Misalnya, di desa kami perlu sekali ada...

Latihan 4—Isian Listen to Sound File 065-02 and fll in the blanks. __________, di desa kami perlu sekali ada pasar. Orang di desa kami harus pergi ke Banyubiru untuk berbelanja dan menjual barang-barang. Apakah transportasi ke desa __________ sulit? Ya... tidak juga tapi perlu __________ yang cukup lama. Apa ada lagi __________ besar di kampung ini? Kami juga perlu sekali __________ perempuan. Mengapa? Ya di sini sudah ada dokter laki-laki tetapi ibu-ibu lebih suka berobat ke dokter perempuan karena mereka lebih __________ berbicara dengan dokter perempuan. Ada lagi? Ya...di sini belum ada sekolah __________. Yang ada hanya SD. Jadi anak-anak kami setelah SD harus pergi ke Banyubiru untuk bersekolah di SMP dan SMA. O begitu. __________ apakah ada masalah lain, Bu? Di desa kami belum ada pabrik. Di desa kami banyak juga orang yang belum bekerja. Kalau ada pabrik __________ mereka dapat bekerja. Dan ekonomi desa kami akan lebih baik. Ada masalah lainnya? Ada satu lagi. Di desa kami tidak ada __________ atau gedung olahraga. Anak-anak kami sangat suka berolahraga seperti sepak bola dan badminton. Tapi tidak ada lapangan atau __________ untuk mereka.

Lesson 65

Latihan 5—Teka Teki Silang (TTS) Mendatar: 3. to pray 4. to ask 6. a meeting 8. to do (something) 10. to get up (out of bed) 11. to go/come along 13. to look for, to seek 14. before (a certain time/event) 15. until (a certain time) 16. for example 17. then, after that 18. to drop by, to make a short stop Menurun: 1. economic development 2. female 5. too (as in “too much”) 7. to sell something 9. cake 12. to take, to bring 13. food

Lesson 66

66 Mengucapkan Huruf Abjad

Aims • To learn how to pronounce the letters of the Indonesian alphabet and use them in abbreviations.

Vocabulary Review

Di Indonesia, banyak anak-anak di samping abjad Latin, juga belajar abjad Arab*

Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous lessons. Make sure that you remember

their meanings. alamat

address

di samping itu

in addition to that

bagaimana

how

kata

word

berasal (dari)

to originate (from)

maaf

sorry

bertanya

to ask

mencari

to look for

boleh

may, can

mengucapkan

to pronounce, to say

Saying the Alphabet in Indonesian You may have noticed already that abbreviations are often used in Indonesian. There are literally thousands of commonly used acronyms and abbreviations, and they pop up in profusion in every domain of life. It is important to be able to recognise and use the most frequent ones, and it is equally important to pronounce them correctly. Homework is known as PR, pronounced “pe er”, and a frst aid kit is known in Indonesian as P3K pronounced “pe tiga ka”, where the 3 indicates that the letter P occurs three times. P3K is the abbreviation of Pertolongan Pertama Pada Kecelakaan (frst aid in an accident).

Lesson 66 In all languages that use the Roman, also called the Latin, alphabet, each letter of the language has its own name. These “names” usually mimic the way the letter is pronounced, but in English the name of a letter is not always related to its pronunciation. The letter W is called “double u” because it is a novel letter composed of a reduplicated U (which historically was written V). In Indonesian, if you spell the letters of the alphabet, their “names” always correctly reproduce the sound the letter. Listen to the Sound File 066-01 and try to memorise the alphabet. Letter

Sound

Letter

Sound

Letter

Sound

Letter

Sound

a

a

h

ha

o

o

v

ve

b

be

i

i

p

pe

w

we

c

ce

j

je

q

ki

x

eks

d

de

k

ka

r

er

y

ye

e

e

l

el

s

es

z

zet

f

ef

m

em

t

te

g

ge

n

en

u

u

Cara Indonesia: The Alphabet and History The Indonesian term for “alphabet” is abjad, and for “letter (of the alphabet)” huruf. Both these words are borrowed from Arabic. Just as the English word “alphabet” derives from the frst two letters of the Greek alphabet (alpha and beta), so too the Arabic term abjad is a snapshot of the frst four letters of the Arabic alphabet (ā b j d). And just as the English words “letter” and “literally” are etymologically related (both ultimately descended from the Latin litera), so too in Indonesian the words huruf (letter) and harafiah (literally) are derived from the same Arabic root: h-r-f. The Indonesian alphabet, with its combination of Arabic terminology and European letters that are pronounced Dutchstyle, preserves a memory of the history of literacy in Indonesia. With the arrival of Islam the Arabic abjad became widely used in the islands of Indonesia, but during the era of Dutch colonial rule it was almost wholly displaced in everyday life by the Western European alphabet inherited from the Roman empire. Learn to say the huruf in alphabetical order frst, then using fashcards with a single letter written on each, practise saying the Right: Belajar Abjad ABC. © Titik Yuni letters of the abjad in random or shuffed order. Then take some common abbreviations from your own environment and practise saying them Indonesian-style.

Lesson 66

Mohon Perhatian!! It is still quite common to hear variant pronunciations of the letters of the abjad. For example, the letter C is still quite often pronounced like “say” as it used to be before the spelling reform of 1972. In Module 3 of The Indonesian Way you met the term WC (a toilet) which is still widely pronounced “way say” rather than “way chay” (although the latter pronunciation is sometimes heard too). Similarly the term AC (air conditioning) is usually pronounced “ah say”. Sometimes too you hear people use “ee grek” for the letter Y and “koo” for the letter Q. But these are excep tions for noting only. Apart from saying “way say” and “ah say” you probably won’t need to practise using them.

Asking How Something Is Spelled / Written / Pronounced Your name may be unfamiliar to the Indonesian people you meet and you may have to spell it out letter by letter. Also, as you study the Indonesian language you will often encounter diff cult personal names or place names, not to mention ordinary items of vocabulary. You will need to ask about the spelling of these words and recognise this spelling when it is spoken to you. To ask how something is spelled you say: Bagaimana ejaannya? How is it spelled?

Bagaimana ejaan nama teman Anda? What is the spelling of your friend’s name?

Bagaimana tulisannya? How is it written? Similarly, when you read a word or name (or hear it indistinctly), it may not be clear to you how it should be pronounced, so you may need to ask: Bagaimana ucapannya? How is it pronounced?

Bagaimana ejaan kata “air”? How do you spell the word “air”?

Dialog Listen to Sound File 066-02 Siapa nama Bapak?

Nama saya Sudibyo.

Maaf siapa?

Sudibyo.

Bagaimana tulisannya?

es u de i be ye o.

Terima kasih, Pak. Maaf, Pak, sekali lagi bagaimana ucapannya?

su di byo.

Sudibyo. Terima kasih. Bapak berasal dari mana?

Saya dari Wates.

Lesson 66 Wates? Bagaimana ejaannya, Pak?

we a te e es.

Wa...tes. Hm, ucapannya bagaimana? Wates. Wates. Terima kasih, Pak.

Terima kasih kembali.

Abbreviations A huge number of abbreviations are used in offcial contexts as well as in everyday life in Indonesia. Here are some of them. Listen to Sound File 066-03. TNI

Tentara Nasional Indonesia (The National Army of Indonesia)

RRC

Republik Rakyat Cina (The Chinese People’s Republic)

UI

Universitas Indonesia (The University of Indonesia)

UGM

Universitas Gadjah Mada (Gadjah Mada University)

OPM

Organisasi Papua Merdeka (The Free Papua Movement)

TVRI

Televisi Republik Indonesia (Indonesia’s State TV station)

SH

Sarjana Hukum (the Master of Law degree)

VW

Volkswagen (the well-known German make of cars)

Role Play: Getting The Details Right Imagine that you are a reporter (seorang wartawan), a researcher (seorang peneliti), a census offcial (seorang pegawai dari kantor sensus) or an offce clerk (seorang pegawai kantor). With a fellow student, or with your teacher/tutor, devise a dialogue in which you quiz a older person on their personal details. Use Bapak and Ibu, the second person pronouns that are appropriate for addressing an older person whom you don’t know well.You need to be sure that you record their details with perfect accuracy, concentrating particularly on the spelling and pronunciation of personal names and place names. You verify the accuracy of the information you are recording by asking:

and

Bagaimana tulisannya? Bagaimana ejaanya? Bagaimana ucapannya?

Go back to the model dialogue (Sound File 066-02) for an example of how this dialogue might go. Notice especially the use of these terms: Maaf? (when you haven’t heard clearly or didn’t understand) Sorry? Sekali lagi. (when you want someone to repeat what they just said) Once again/Once more.

Lesson 66 The questions you ask will probably include: Siapa nama Bapak/Ibu? Bapak/Ibu berasal dari mana? Apa alamat Bapak/Ibu? Di mana Bapak/Ibu bekerja? Di mana Bapak-Ibu bersekolah dulu? Siapa nama anak Bapak/Ibu? Siapa nama orang-tua Bapak/Ibu? When you feel that you are saying the spelling of personal names and places names accurately, swap roles and take on new roles. Don’t forget to begin each round of practice by identifying yourself and making a polite request to ask questions. For example… Selamat pagi, Bu. Saya wartawan dari surat kabar Berita Baru. Saya mencari sedikit informasi. Apakah saya boleh bertanya kepada Ibu?

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan. alamat

to ask

boleh

sorry

bagaimana

address

kata

can, may

berasal

how

maaf

to look for

bertanya

come from

mencari

word

Latihan 2—How Would You Spell This Word? Write it down as if you were to spell it to someone (e.g. for ibu the spelling would be “i be u”, for bapak “be a pe a ka”) 1. Arifn

............................................................................................................................

2. Jakarta

............................................................................................................................

3. Susanti

............................................................................................................................

4. valuta

............................................................................................................................

5. Yogya

............................................................................................................................

6. New York

............................................................................................................................

7. Sphinx

............................................................................................................................

8. Qatar

............................................................................................................................

9. rakyat

............................................................................................................................

10. Abdullah

............................................................................................................................

Lesson 66

Latihan 3—Abbreviations Listen to Sound File 066-01 and write down the abbreviation you hear. 1.

..........................................................................

2.

..........................................................................

3.

..........................................................................

4.

..........................................................................

5.

..........................................................................

6.

..........................................................................

7.

..........................................................................

8.

..........................................................................

Latihan 4—Abbreviation and Spelling Write down the abbreviation and spelling of the full terms below. Full Term Partai Kebangkitan Bangsa

Abbreviation

Spelling

PKB

pe ka be

Radio Republik Indonesia Hotel Indonesia Republik Indonesia Bahan Bakar Minyak Gereja Kristen Indonesia Partai Demokrasi Indonesia Dewan Perwakilan Rakyat Perusahaan Listrik Negara Rajawali Citra Televisi Indonesia

Latihan 5—Rangkai Kata Word order in nonverbal clauses is fexible. Usually the subject precedes the predicate which contains the new information. So if you are asked “Who is your teacher?” you put the new information (the fact that your teacher is Pak Hamid) into the predicate: “Guru saya Pak Hamid”. The predicate may also precede the subject: “Pak Hamid guru saya”. This is usually done in order to emphasise the predicate: “Mr. Hamid is my teacher.” Note that question words (siapa, apa, di mana etc) when they are predicate usually precede the subject: “Siapa guru Anda?” is more common than “Guru Anda siapa?” but both constructions are grammatically perfectly acceptable.

Lesson 66 Subject – Predicate Rumah saya besar.

Predicate – Subject Besar rumah saya.

Translation My house is big.

Siapa nama Bapak? Rumah itu masih baru. Anda mau pergi ke mana? Alamat rumah Bapak apa? Bapak bekerja di mana? Bapak bersekolah di mana dulu? Nama anak Bapak siapa? Harganya berapa? Bajumu bagus sekali.

Latihan 6—Teka Teki Silang (TTS) Mendatar: 2. to pronounce 4. researcher 8. pronunciation Menurun: 1. to go to school 3. alphabet 5. writing 6. letter 7. spelling

*This work by Damon Taylor is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 2.0 Generic License

Lesson 67

67 Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah

Aims • To learn some important items of vocabulary needed to talk about schooling. • To make a start reading semi-technical Indonesian and talking about schools

Vocabulary Review Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous lessons. Make sure that you remember their meanings. bagian

section, department

menyimpan

to keep, to store

bersembahyang

to do prayers

misalnya

for example

daerah

region, area

pekerjaan

job, occupation

hampir

almost

penting

important

hp

cellphone

rapat

a meeting

jadi

so

sampai

until

jenis

type

sejarah

history

kebun

garden

sekolah dasar

primary school

kemerdekaan

independence

sekolah menengah

a secondary school

kerajinan tangan

handicrafts

selalu

always

lantai

floor

wisatawan

tourist

menyapu

to sweep

Before, After, Above and Below The prepositions sebelum (before), sesudah (after), di atas (above) and di bawah (below) have appeared in previous lessons of The Indonesian Way. Let’s review them briefly. Sebelum and sesudah can appear before a noun or name, and before a verb. In the latter case the verb is the counterpart of the English gerund, or the –ing form of a verb, in phrases like “before going”, “after eating” etc.

Lesson 67 Sebelum saya bersembahyang saya selalu mandi dulu. Before I do my prayers I always take a bath first. Sebelum bersembahyang saya selalu mandi dulu. Before doing my prayers I always take a bath first. Sesudah Sarah pulang dia makan dengan suaminya. After Sarah comes home she has a meal with her husband. Sesudah pulang Sarah makan dengan suaminya. After coming home Sarah has a meal with her husband. Sebelum itu and sebelumnya (before that, prior to that) and sesudah itu or sesudahnya (after that, later) are very common and very useful conjunctions. Listen to Sound File 067-01 Saya akan membeli HP baru tetapi sebelumnya saya harus mencari informasi tentang HP di internet. Kemudian saya akan minta informasi kepada teman-teman, dan saya akan mencoba beberapa HP. Sesudah itu baru saya akan membeli HP. I’m going to buy a new mobile phone, but before that I have to look for information about mobile phones on the internet. Then I’ll ask my friends for information, and I will try out several mobiles. Only after that will I buy the mobile phone. Depending on context, di atas can mean “on top of” and also “above” or “over” or “up there”. Similarly di bawah can mean “underneath”, but also “below” or “beneath” or “down there”. Ke atas and ke bawah suggest movement towards a place. Dia duduk di atas meja! She sat on top of the table! Pesawat terbang lewat di atas pulau kecil. The plane passed over a small island. Mereka berjalan ke atas. They walked up to the top. Wisatawan itu melihat ke bawah. The tourist looked down. Both atas and bawah can function as adjectives, usually meaning “upper” and “lower” respectively. lantai atas the upper floor(s) (e.g. of a building)

sekolah menengah atas upper middle school i.e. high school

kelas atas the upper class

lantai bawah the lower floor(s) (e.g. of a building)

bagian bawah the lower part

kelas bawah the lower class

Lesson 67

Sistem Pendidikan di Indonesia (Bagian Satu) The main goal of this Module is to give you the capacity to talk about work and occupations, especially in the context of an interview for a job. To do this well you need to be able to ask and answer questions about schooling, especially schooling in Indonesia. Here is the frst part of some basic information about school education in Indonesia (the second part follows in the next lesson). This is a passage of semi-technical Indonesian. Read it through carefully checking for unfamiliar words in the vocabulary cards for this lesson. Listen to Sound File 067-02. When you have fnished listening to the sound fle and reading the transcription, test your understanding of this text by doing Latihan 3–5.

Jenis-Jenis Sekolah Di Indonesia ada bermacam-macam sekolah. Misalnya ada sekolah negeri, ada juga sekolah swasta. Ada sekolah umum, ada juga sekolah kejuruan. Ada sekolah pagi, ada juga sekolah siang. Ada sekolah dasar, dan ada juga sekolah menengah. Dan ada juga sekolah internasional yang memakai bahasa Inggris, bahasa Jepang, bahasa Prancis dan bahasa-bahasa lain. Anak Indonesia boleh bersekolah di sekolah internasional tetapi sekolah internasional tidak termasuk dalam sistem pendidikan sekolah di Indonesia. Sekolah negeri itu milik pemerintah. Guru-guru di sekolah negeri itu pegawai negeri. Sekolah swasta itu milik organisasi swasta. Organisasi swasta sebagian besar organisasi agama. Ada banyak sekolah milik organisasi-organisasi Islam. Ada juga sekolah Katolik, sekolah Kristen dan sekolah Hindu. Guru-guru di sekolah swasta bukan pegawai negeri. Ada sekolah umum yang memberikan bermacam-macam mata pelajaran umum tetapi ada juga sekolah kejuruan. Di sana anak dapat belajar tentang bermacam-macam pekerjaan. Semua sekolah memberikan mata pelajaran “muatan lokal”. Dalam mata pelajaran “muatan lokal” anak-anak belajar tentang hal-hal yang penting untuk daerah tempat mereka tinggal. Oleh karena itu setiap daerah di Indonesia mempunyai kurikulum yang sedikit berbeda dengan kurikulum di daerah-daerah lain. Gedung sekolah di Indonesia masih kurang banyak. Oleh karena itu ada sekolah yang memakai gedung sekolah pada pagi hari saja, mulai jam tujuh pagi sampai jam 12 siang. Lalu ada sekolah lain yang memakai gedung itu pada siang hari, mulai jam satu siang sampai jam enam sore. Pendidikan Dasar Ada tiga tingkat pendidikan: pendidikan dasar, pendidikan menengah dan pendidikan tinggi. Untuk anak yang berumur enam tahun sampai dua belas tahun ada sekolah dasar (SD). Ada kira-kira seratus empat puluh ribu (140.000) sekolah dasar di Indonesia. Hampir di setiap desa ada sekolah dasar. Di sekolah dasar anak belajar membaca dan menulis. Mereka juga belajar matematika dasar, ilmu pengetahuan dasar, bahasa Indonesia, sejarah Indonesia, sejarah dunia, agama, ilmu bumi Indonesia, ilmu bumi dunia, kerajinan tangan

Lesson 67

dan menyanyi. Di samping itu, mereka belajar olahraga seperti sepak bola, bulu tangkis dan bola voli. Biasanya ada kebun di sekolah dasar dan anak juga menanam sayur-sayuran dan bermacam-macam tanaman lain. Di samping bekerja di kebun anak-anak juga harus menyapu gedung sekolah dan halaman sekolah.

Exercise 67-01—Indonesia’s Complex School System As you can see from Bagian Satu of Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia, Indonesia’s school system is quite complex. There are at least eight variables that determine what a sekolah is like: negeri swasta umum kejuruan

pagi siang dasar menengah

Go to the internet, or to whatever other reliable sources you can fnd, and craft some authentic-sounding names for three imaginary (or real) Indonesian schools. Then… (i) refer to the list of variables above, and (ii) lift phrases and words from “Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia” to record brief profles for each of the three schools, perhaps eight or ten sentences for each school (more if you can manage it). Make each school as different as possible from the others. Record complete sentences and use your imagination to add unique details for each school. For example, say very precisely where the school is (di Jalan _____, di samping…, di dekat…, tidak jauh dari….). How many anak study at the school, how many guru teach at the school, and how many pegawai work in the offce at the school? What is the name of the kepala sekolah? When you are satisfed that your profles are in correct Indonesian and as detailed as possible, learn the main features of each profle by heart and present the information in fluent, confdent, clear spoken Indonesian. For example you might start as Sound File 067-03:

S

aya ingin memberikan sedikit informasi tentang tiga sekolah di Indonesia. Pertama-tama, Sekolah Dasar Kemiri. Sekolah Dasar Kemiri di desa Simpang tidak jauh dari pusat kota Padang di Sumatra Barat. Tiga ratus anak bersekolah di sekolah itu, dan ada dua puluh guru. Jadi sekolah itu tidak kecil tetapi juga tidak besar sekali. Sekolah itu sekolah negeri. Sekolah negeri itu milik pemerintah. Guru-guru di Sekolah Dasar Kemiri itu pegawai negeri. You can also do this exercise with a tutor or with other learners. In this case you can turn this exercise into an interactive one having your audience ask you questions after you have fnished, or better still, they should interrupt you (Permisi…) as you speak. Some of their questions might start like this: Ada berapa …. di sekolah itu? Apakah sekolah itu sekolah negeri / besar / modern / … … … ? Apakah ada …. di sekolah itu? Di sekolah itu, apakah anak-anak dapat belajar … ?

Lesson 67

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan. bagian

region, subdistrict of larger territory

bersembahyang

almost

daerah

mobile phone, hand phone

hampir

so

HP

to pray, to worship

jadi

a part

jenis

to store

kebun

handicrafts

kemerdekaan

the floor

kerajinan tangan

type

lantai

national/political independence

menyimpan

garden, plantation

Latihan 2—Kosa Kata Lalu II Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan. 1. misalnya

a. important

2. pekerjaan

b. until (a certain time)

3. penting

c. meeting

4. rapat

d. job

5. sampai

e. for example

6. sejarah

f. private, i.e. not state-owned

7. Sekolah Dasar

g. always

8. Sekolah Menengah Pertama

h. primary/elementary school

9. selalu

i. tourist

10. swasta

j. intermediate school

11. wisatawan

k. history

Lesson 67

Latihan 3—Pemahaman 1 Bacalah teks “Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia” di atas dan jawab pertanyaan di bawah ini. 1. What kind of schools exist in Indonesia? A. There are only two kind of schools: state or private. B. There are many different types of schools, including international schools as well. 2. Are international schools included in the school education system in Indonesia? A. Yes, all international schools are government schools. B. No, but Indonesian children may still attend them. C. International schools are exclusively for foreigners. 3. Public schools belong to... A. the government B. private organizations C. the tuition payers 4. What is the status of public schools teachers? A. They are unionised workers B. Most are volunteers C. They are civil servants 5. Because of a lack of buildings in Indonesia, some schools are used in the morning and in the afternoon. What is the morning schedule? A. 5:00-10:00 B. 6:00-11:00 C. 7:00-12:00 D. 8:00-13:00 6. How many levels of education are there in Indonesia? A. One B. Two C. Three D. Four 7. According to the passage, what is the approximate number of primary schools (sekolah dasar) in Indonesia? A. 50,000 B. 80,000 C. 120,000 D. 140,000 8. What facilities are commonly found in Indonesian primary schools? A. Swimming pools B. Photography laboratories C. Educational gardens D. Basket ball courts

Lesson 67

Latihan 4—Pemahaman 2 Bacalah teks “Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia” di atas dan jawab pertanyaan di bawah ini. 1. Ada lebih dari dua ratus ribu sekolah dasar di Indonesia. A. Benar B. Salah 2. Ada sekolah swasta Hindu di Indonesia. A. Benar B. Salah 3. Ada sekolah yang memakai gedung sekolah pada pagi hari saja. A. Benar B. Salah 4. Anak-anak di sekolah dasar membersihkan gedung sekolah dan halaman sekolah. A. Benar B. Salah 5. Biasanya anak belajar di SD selama dua tahun. A. Benar B. Salah 6. Dalam mata pelajaran “muatan lokal” anak-anak belajar tentang hal-hal yang penting untuk daerah tempat tinggal mereka . A. Benar B. Salah 7. Di Indonesia ada juga sekolah yang memakai bahasa Jepang. A. Benar B. Salah 8. Gedung sekolah di Indonesia sudah cukup banyak. A. Benar B. Salah 9. Guru-guru di sekolah negeri bukan pegawai negeri. A. Benar B. Salah 10. Semua kurikulum di Indonesia sama saja di semua daerah. A. Benar B. Salah

Lesson 67

Latihan 5—Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia Dengarkanlah Rekaman 067-01 dan lengkapilah kalimat di bawah ini. Di Indonesia ada bermacam-macam sekolah. Misalnya ada sekolah negeri, ada juga sekolah _____________. Ada sekolah umum, ada juga sekolah _____________. Ada sekolah pagi, ada juga sekolah siang. Ada sekolah dasar, dan ada juga _____________. Dan ada juga sekolah internasional yang memakai bahasa Inggris, bahasa Jepang, bahasa Prancis dan bahasa-bahasa lain. Anak Indonesia boleh bersekolah di sekolah internasional tetapi sekolah internasional tidak termasuk dalam _____________ pendidikan sekolah di Indonesia. Sekolah negeri itu milik pemerintah. Guru-guru di sekolah _____________ itu pegawai negeri. Sekolah swasta itu milik organisasi swasta. Organisasi swasta _____________ organisasi agama. Ada banyak sekolah milik organisasi-organisasi Islam. Ada juga sekolah Katolik, sekolah Kristen dan sekolah Hindu. Guru-guru di sekolah swasta bukan pegawai negeri. Ada sekolah umum yang memberikan bermacam-macam _____________ umum tetapi ada juga sekolah kejuruan. Di sana anak dapat belajar tentang bermacam-macam pekerjaan. Semua sekolah memberikan mata pelajaran “muatan lokal”. Dalam mata pelajaran “muatan lokal” anak-anak belajar tentang halhal yang penting untuk daerah tempat mereka tinggal. Oleh karena itu setiap daerah di Indonesia mempunyai _____________ yang sedikit berbeda dengan kurikulum di daerah-daerah lain. Gedung sekolah di Indonesia masih kurang banyak. Oleh karena itu ada sekolah yang memakai gedung sekolah pada pagi hari saja, mulai jam tujuh pagi sampai jam 12 siang. Lalu ada sekolah lain yang memakai gedung itu pada siang hari, mulai jam satu siang sampai jam enam sore. Ada tiga tingkat pendidikan: pendidikan _____________, pendidikan menengah dan pendidikan tinggi. Untuk anak yang berumur enam tahun sampai dua belas tahun ada sekolah dasar (SD). Ada kira-kira seratus empat puluh ribu (140.000) sekolah dasar di Indonesia. Hampir di setiap desa ada sekolah dasar. Di sekolah dasar anak _____________ membaca dan menulis. Mereka juga belajar matematika dasar, _____________ dasar, bahasa Indonesia, sejarah Indonesia, sejarah dunia, agama, ilmu bumi Indonesia, ilmu bumi _____________, kerajinan tangan dan menyanyi. Di samping itu, mereka belajar bermain olahraga seperti sepak bola, bulu tangkis dan bola voli.

Lesson 67 Biasanya ada kebun di sekolah dasar dan anak juga menanam sayur-sayuran dan bermacam-macam _____________ lain. Di samping bekerja di kebun anak-anak juga membersihkan gedung _____________ dan halaman sekolah.

Latihan 6—Jawab Singkat Insert one of these words or phrases into the gap in each sentence below.Only one of the words/phrases makes good sense in the context of the sentence and fits grammatically, so make sure you understand the sentence very accurately before you choose the word/phrase to complete it: di atas, di bawah, sebelum, sesudah, sebelumnya/sebelum itu, sesudah itu 1. _________ saya datang Yeni sudah datang lebih dulu. 2. Ada kuliah jam empat tetapi _________, kira-kira jam dua, ada rapat. 3. Telstra Tower berdiri ____________ Black Mountain di Canberra. 4. Ibu Daryanto duduk di kursi dan kucingnya si Bleki duduk ___________ kursi itu. 5. Apakah Hari Kemerdekaan Indonesia sebelum atau ________ tanggal 15 Agustus? 6. Kamarnya di lantai dua, jauh ________ lantai 10. 7. Kita akan makan dulu dan _________ kita akan menonton flm. 8. Pesawat terbang terbang __________ Gunung Bromo. 9. Saya tidak melihat uang itu karena Anda menyimpan uang itu ________ buku. 10. Kalau mau bertemu dengan saya di rumah jangan datang _______ jam enam karena saya baru pulang jam enam.

Latihan 7—Menyimak Sebelum and sesudah can appear before a noun or name, and before a verb. In the latter case the verb is the counterpart of the English gerund, or the –ing form of a verb, in phrases like “before going”, “after eating” etc. Depending on context, di atas can mean “on top of” and also “above” or “over” or “up there”. Similarly di bawah can mean “underneath”, but also “below” or “beneath” or “down there”. Ke atas and ke bawah suggest movement towards a place. Listen to Sound File 067-04 and match the recordings of the eight sentences with their translations. 1.

a. Then I’ll ask my friends for information, and I will try out several mobiles.

2.

b. Only after that will I buy the mobile phone.

3.

c. That cat sat on top of the table.

Lesson 67 4.

d. They walked up to the top.

5.

e. The plane passed over a small island.

6.

f. The tourist looked down.

7.

g. After coming home she has a meal with her husband.

8.

h. Before I do my prayers I always take a bath frst.

Latihan 8—Rangkai Kata Urutkan kata-kata di bawah ini menjadi kalimat yang baik sesuai dengan arti: 1. “Before praying I always take a bath frst.” Sebelum—mandi—saya—selalu—bersembahyang—dulu. 2. “After Sarah comes home she has a meal with her husband.” Sesudah—makan—dengan—Sarah—pulang—suaminya. 3. “Only after that will I buy the mobile phone.” Sesudah—baru—saya—itu—akan—membeli—HP. 4. “The plane passed over a small island.” Pesawat—lewat—di—pulau—terbang—atas—kecil. 5. “I go now to Kemiri Primary School.” Saya—sekarang—Sekolah—di—bersekolah—Dasar—Kemiri.

Latihan 9—Jenis-jenis Sekolah As you can see from “Bagian Satu” of “Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia” Indonesia’s school system is quite complex. There are at least eight variables that determine what a sekolah is like. Match the Indonesian word to English. 1. sekolah negeri

a. primary school

2. sekolah swasta

b. public school

3. sekolah umum

c. secondary school

4. sekolah kejuruan

d. private school

5. sekolah pagi

e. day school

6. sekolah siang

f. vocational school

7. sekolah dasar

g. general school

8. sekolah menengah

h. morning school

Lesson 67

Latihan 10—Kosa Kata I Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan. 1. atas

a. to differ, to be not the same

2. bawah

b. the world

3. berbeda

c. matter, a thing to be considered

4. dasar

d. there is/are not enough

5. dunia

e. vocational

6. hal

f. science

7. ilmu pengetahuan

g. curriculum

8. kejuruan

h. basic, fundamental

9. kurang ada

i. a subject (of study at school)

10. kurikulum

j. frst

11. lebih dulu

k. lower, below

12. mata pelajaran

l. upper, above, up, over

Latihan 11—Kosa Kata II Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan. 1. milik

a. plant

2. muatan lokal

b. from, to begin, start

3. mulai

c. the property of, belonging to

4. negeri

d. a system

5. pendidikan

e. level, stage

6. sebagian besar

f. secondary school

7. sekolah menengah

g. a large part, most

8. sistem

h. included in, is a part of

9. tanaman

i. (adj) state, government owned

10. termasuk

j. local content

11. tingkat

k. general, public

12. umum

l. education

Lesson 67

Latihan 12—Teka Teki Silang (TTS) Mendatar: 1. level, stage 4. to differ, to not be the same 5. system 6. vocational 7. the floor 8. general, public 10. to store 12. matter (to consider) 14. a part 16. from, begin 18. education 20. basic Menurun: 1. included in 2. curriculum 3. to pray 4. lower 9. a plant 11. state, government 13. almost 15. the world 17. property of 19. upper

Lesson 68

68 Berbicara tentang Pendidikan

Aims • To learn the main items of vocabulary needed to talk about secondary-level schooling • To talk about your own schooling

Vocabulary Review Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous lessons. Make sure that you remember their meanings. alat

a device, a tool

pintar

smart, clever

dasar

basic

pekerjaan

occupation

dunia

world

petani

a farmer

ilmu pengetahuan

science

pertanyaan

a question

kejuruan

vocational

pohon

a tree

kimia

chemistry

rusak

broken, out of order

mata pelajaran

a subject, a course

sapi

cattle, a cow, a bull

memelihara

to keep, raise

sebagai

as

memperbaiki

to repair, to fx

sejarah

history

menanam

to plant, grow sth

selesai

fnished

menarik

interesting

setelah

after

mengetik

to type

tentu saja

of course, certainly

mengurus

to manage

tinggi

high, tall

menjual

to sell something

tukang listrik

an electrician

montir

a mechanic

tukang masak

a chef, a cook

padi

rice plant

umum

public, general

pandai

smart, clever

Sistem Pendidikan di Indonesia (Bagian Dua) In Lesson 67 you made a start reading semi-technical Indonesian on the subject of schooling in Indonesia. Here is the second part of this description. Read it carefully checking for unfamiliar words in the word list for this lesson. Listen to Sound File 068-01.

Lesson 68

Pendidikan Menengah & Pendidikan Kejuruan Pendidikan Menengah esudah selesai belajar pada tingkat sekolah dasar, anak-anak masuk sekolah menengah. Biasanya mereka masuk sekolah menengah kira-kira pada umur 12 atau 13 tahun. Ada berbagai sekolah menengah. Pertama-tama, ada dua tingkat sekolah menengah: Sekolah Menengah Pertama (SMP) dan Sekolah Menengah Atas (SMA). SMP masih memberikan mata pelajaran dasar: matematika dasar, ilmu pengetahuan dasar, agama, sejarah Indonesia dan dunia, dan tentu saja juga bahasa Indonesia. Di samping itu para siswa belajar juga bahasa asing seperti bahasa Inggris dan Mandarin dan juga ilmu pengetahuan alam seperti kimia dan fsika. Biasanya para siswa belajar di SMP selama tiga tahun sampai mereka berumur 15 atau 16 tahun. Setelah lulus SMP para siswa masuk SMA. Pelajaran di SMA bersifat umum dengan mata pelajaran seperti matematika, ilmu pengetahuan sosial dan alam, sejarah, bahasa Indonesia dan bahasa asing.

S

Pendidikan Kejuruan i samping SMA yang pelajaran bersifat umum ada juga lebih dari enam ribu sekolah menengah kejuruan (SMK). Di sekolah kejuruan para siswa belajar bermacam-macam keterampilan seperti misalnya keterampilan bekerja sebagai tukang kayu, tukang masak, tukang listrik, montir, sekretaris, karyawan hotel dan banyak lagi. Mereka belajar tentang bisnis, akuntansi, ilmu ekonomi, cara mengetik, cara memakai komputer dan bagaimana cara mengurus kantor dengan efsien.

D

Nama saya Budi. Saya sekarang kelas tiga SMK Pertanian Tanjung Selor di provinsi Kalimantan Timur. Di sekolah itu saya belajar cara mengurus usaha tani. Sekarang saya sudah 068-02 pintar menanam padi, sayur-sayuran, dan pohon buah-buahan. Saya juga sudah pandai memelihara ayam, sapi, kerbau dan kambing. Kami juga belajar tentang cara yang baik untuk menjual hasil pertanian, dan membuat atau membeli alat-alat pertanian.

Nama saya Agus. Saya belajar di SMKN 2 Sawahlunto. Di situ kami belajar tentang mesin, alat-alat listrik, dan alat-alat elektronik seperti radio dan televisi. Di samping itu 068-03 kami juga belajar cara memperbaiki alat atau mesin yang rusak. Keterampilan itu sangat berguna. Sekarang saya sudah bisa memperbaiki mesin cuci dan lemari es.

Now test your understanding of this passage by doing Latihan 7.

Islamic Education Indonesia has a huge number of Islamic schools that operate beyond the direct jurisdiction of the Department of National Education (Departemen Pendidikan Nasional). Many of them are traditional, independent, community schools supported and stafed by local people. Tuition in them varies wildly across the country but usually centres on learning Arabic, reading the Koran and studying Islamic theology, law, history and culture. Elementary-level Koranic schools are called madrasah and more advanced schools are called pesantren (also pondok schools and pondok pesantren) . Pesantren schools are usually under the leadership of a respected teacher (in Java, called a kiai or kyai) who has a deep knowledge of Islam. Most ofer boarding facilities for their students. Traditionally, and to a large extent even today, pesantren students studied books of religious commentary in Arabic known as “yellow books” (kitab kuning). The style of study was – and

Lesson 68 mostly still is – very traditional, involving rote learning of texts and unquestioning deference to the authority of the kiai. There is also an Islamic school system that stands somewhere between traditional Koranic schools and state-funded secular schools. These schools ofer explicitly Islamic education but they are also state schools in the sense that they are funded and administered by the government’s Department of Religion (Departemen Agama) rather than the Departemen Pendidikan Nasional. Nevertheless, they implement a curriculum similar to that of regular state (negeri) and private (swasta) schools by including non-religious subjects like mathematics, science and English. In this system the Madrasah Ibtidaiyah are elementary-level schools equivalent to SD schools, the Madrasah Tsanawiyah operate at the SMP level and the Madrasah Aliyah operate at the SMA level. Religious studies are slowly becoming increasingly important in state and private schools in which the curriculum is regulated by the Departemen Pendidikan Nasional, and conversely, “secular” studies are becoming increasingly important in Islamic schools that are regulated by the Departemen Agama. Students can, and do, move between regular schools – both negeri and swasta – and the Islamic system.

Tingkatan Sekolah di Indonesia Kelas 3 2 1

Jenis Sekolah Sekolah Menengah Atas (SMA)

Sekolah Menengah Kejuruan (SMK)

3 2 1

Sekolah Menengah Pertama (SMP)

6 5 4 3 2 1

Sekolah Dasar (SD)

Exercise 68-01 Using simple, correct Indonesian in complete sentences, answer these questions about your own education. Your answer should contain somewhere in it the word/phrase given in brackets after the question. Copy vocabulary, phrases, abbreviations and sentences from Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia (bagian satu and bagian dua) to help you compile your answers, but make sure the information you give is correct and authentic. 1. Dulu, waktu Anda bersekolah pada tingkat sekolah dasar, di mana Anda belajar? (dulu saya belajar) 2. Anda belajar apa di sekolah dasar? (saya belajar) 3. Tahun berapa Anda masuk sekolah menengah? (pada tahun) 4. Apa nama sekolah menengah itu, dan di mana? (dan sekolah itu di) 5. Apakah sekolah menengah itu sekolah negeri atau sekolah swasta? (sekolah itu)

Lesson 68 6. Anda belajar apa di sekolah menengah? (dan) 7. Berapa lama Anda belajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah? (selama) 8. Di samping belajar mata pelajaran umum, Anda juga mengambil mata pelajaran kejuruan yang mana? (mata pelajaran) 9. Dulu, Anda paling suka mata pelajaran yang mana? Mengapa? (karena) 10. Waktu bersekolah dulu, Anda bermain olahraga apa? (suka)

Write, then Talk, about the Education System You Know Taking the report Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia (bagian satu and bagian dua) as your beginning point, adapt it and add to it to produce a short, semi-technical written account of the school education system that you are most familiar with. Like Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia your report should cover • kinds of school • levels of schooling • subjects studied, and • some basic statistics about schools and schooling When you have written a solid correct narrative, summarise its basic points and statistics in a PowerPoint presentation. Use the PowerPoint slides as mnemonics and illustrations to help you present a short talk in Indonesian about the school education system that you are most familiar with. Do not try to put the complete text of your talk in to your slideshow, just the main points and some important statistics and perhaps some pictures or maps. Rehearse your talk several times, refning it, editing the PowerPoint slides, checking your correctness, adding details, and increasing the length of your talk each time you repeat it. Present your talk to your class or teacher/tutor. Invite them to ask questions (Ada pertanyaan?). There are many kinds of questions that can be asked, but probably some of the most common would be questions beginning with Apakah ada…? (Is there…? / Are there…?) and Ada berapa..? (How many ___ are there…?). For example: Permisi. Di sekolah menengah apakah ada mata pelajaran olahraga? Menarik sekali. Ada berapa guru di sekolah itu?

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu 1 Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan. alat

vocational

menjual

a question

dasar

history

montir

a farmer

dunia

science

padi

smart

kejuruan

tool, device

pandai

job, employment

ilmu pengetahuan

basic, primary

pintar

a mechanic

mata pelajaran

to repair or fx sth

pekerjaan

rice plant

Lesson 68 memelihara

world

petani

clever, intelligent

memperbaiki

to keep (as a pet)

pertanyaan

to sell something

menanam

as

pohon

fnished, completed

tinggi

subject

rusak

cattle, cow, ox, beef

mengatur

to type

sapi

of course

mengetik

to set

selesai

a tree

tukang listrik

high, tall

tentu saja

interesting, attractive

sebagai

public, general

menarik

broken

sejarah

to plant, grow sth

mengurus

a cook, chef

umum

an electrician

tukang masak

to manage, deal with

Latihan 2—Pemahaman: Pendidikan Menengah Bacalah “Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia (2)” dan jawab pertanyaan di bawah ini. 1. Sekolah menengah refers to: A. primary school B. primary and intermediate school C. intermediate and high school D. primary, middle, and high school 2. Among the following what intermediate school subject is not mentioned in the text? A. world history B. economics C. religion D. mathematics E. Chinese 3. Do students learn foreign languages in intermediate school or do they wait until high school? A. Yes, they learn foreign languages at intermediate school. B. No, they wait until high school 4. After intermediate school, some students go to high school. What is the acronym for high school? A. SD B. SMP C. SMA

Latihan 3—Pemahaman: Pendidikan Kejuruan Bacalah “Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia 2” di atas dan jawab pertanyaan berikut. 1. What is the acronym for vocational school? A. SMP B. SMA C. SMK

Lesson 68 D. SMU 2. According to the passage, how many vocational schools are there in Indonesia? A. 3000+ B. 4000+ C. 5000+ D. 6000+ 3. According to the passage, what 3 vocations can students aquire? A. carpenter B. electrician C. secretary D. musician E. mechanic F. hotel employee 4. Can students learn business, accounting, and economics at a vocational school? A. Yes B. No 5. Can students learn how to use computers and manage an ofce efciently at a vocational school? A. Yes B. No

Latihan 4—Benar atau Salah: Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah Bacalah bacaan “Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia (Bagian Dua)” di atas dan jawablah pertanyaan di bawah ini: Benar (True) atau Salah (False)? 1. Biasanya anak-anak belajar di SMP selama enam tahun. A. Benar B. Salah 2. Dalam sistem pendidikan sekolah di Indonesia, SMP terletak di atas SMA. A. Benar B. Salah 3. Biasanya anak masuk SMA kira-kira pada umur 15 atau16 tahun. A. Benar B. Salah 4. Pelajaran di SMA bersifat umum. A. Benar B. Salah 5. Hanya ada satu macam sekolah menengah tingkat atas. A. Benar B. Salah 6. Ada lebih dari enam puluh ribu sekolah menengah kejuruan (SMK) di Indonesia. A. Benar B. Salah

Lesson 68 7. Di sekolah-sekolah kejuruan siswa dapat belajar tentang bermacam-macam ketrampilan yang berguna untuk mencari pekerjaan. A. Benar B. Salah 8. Di SMK anak dapat belajar tentang cara membuat kue. A. Benar B. Salah 9. Ada SMK yang siswanya belajar tentang cara mengurus rumah tangga. A. Benar B. Salah 10. Sebelum masuk SMK siswa harus selesai dulu bersekolah pada tingkat SMP. A. Benar B. Salah

Latihan 5—Sistem Pendidikan Sekolah di Indonesia (Bagian Dua) Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat: bekerja—bersifat—cara—fsika— ketrampilan—kimia—masuk—menengah—mengurus—para—pelajaran—seperti—siswa

Pendidikan Menengah Sesudah selesai belajar pada tingkat sekolah dasar anak-anak _____________ sekolah menengah. Biasanya mereka masuk sekolah menengah kira-kira pada umur 12 atau 13 tahun. Ada berbagai sekolah ____________. Pertama-tama, ada dua tingkat sekolah menengah: Sekolah Menengah Pertama (SMP) dan Sekolah Menengah Atas (SMA). SMP masih memberikan mata __________ dasar: matematika dasar, ilmu pengetahuan dasar, agama, sejarah Indonesia dan dunia, dan tentu saja juga bahasa Indonesia. Di samping itu __________ siswa belajar juga bahasa asing seperti bahasa Inggris dan Mandarin dan juga ilmu pengetahuan alam seperti ____________ dan ____________. Biasanya para ____________ belajar di SMP selama tiga tahun sampai mereka berumur 15 atau 16 tahun. Setelah lulus SMP para siswa masuk SMA. Pelajaran di SMA ____________ umum dengan mata pelajaran ____________ matematika, ilmu pengetahuan sosial dan alam, sejarah, bahasa Indonesia dan bahasa asing.

Pendidikan Kejuruan Di samping SMA yang pelajaran bersifat umum ada juga lebih dari enam ribu sekolah menengah kejuruan (SMK). Di sekolah kejuruan para siswa belajar bermacam-macam ___________ seperti misalnya ketrampilan ____________ sebagai tukang kayu, tukang masak, tukang listrik, montir, sekretaris, karyawan hotel dan banyak lagi. Mereka belajar

Lesson 68 tentang bisnis, akuntansi, ilmu ekonomi, ____________ mengetik, cara memakai komputer dan bagaimana cara ____________ kantor dengan efsien.

Latihan 6—Isian Dengarkanlah rekaman 066-02 dan 066-03 berikut ini dan lengkapilah bacaan di bawah ini. Nama saya Budi. Saya sekarang __________ tiga SMK Pertanian Tanjung Selor di provinsi Kalimantan __________. Di sekolah itu saya belajar cara __________ usaha tani. Sekarang saya sudah __________ menanam padi, sayur-sayuran, dan ___________ buah-buahan. Saya ___________ sudah pandai memelihara ayam, sapi, ___________ dan kambing. Kami juga belajar ___________ cara yang baik un-

068-02

tuk menjual ___________ pertanian, dan membuat atau ___________ alat-alat pertanian. Nama saya Agus. Saya ____________ di SMKN 2 Sawahlunto. Di situ kami belajar tentang mesin, alat-alat ____________ dan alat-alat elektronik ____________ radio dan ____________. Di samping itu kami juga belajar cara ____________ alat atau mesin yang ____________. Keterampilan itu sangat ____________. Sekarang saya sudah ____________ memperbaiki ____________ cuci dan lemari es.

068-03

Latihan 7—Menyimak Dengarkanlah pertanyaan-pertanyaan dalam Rekaman 066-04 dan jodohkan dengan jawaban yang benar di kolom sebelah kanan. 1.

a. Saya belajar membaca, menulis, dan berhitung pada waktu SD.

2.

b. Sekolah itu sekolah swasta.

3.

c. Saya bersekolah di SD Negeri 3 Palembang.

4.

d. Saya paling suka sejarah dunia karena saya menjadi tahu banyak negara-negara di dunia.

5.

e. Saya belajar akuntansi dan ilmu ekonomi.

6.

f. Namanya SMP Tunas Bangsa, di Jakarta Selatan.

7.

g. Saya suka berenang dan bermain voli.

8.

h. Saya belajar selama tiga tahun.

9.

i. Saya belajar matematika, sejarah, ilmu pengetahuan sosial dan alam, juga bahasa.

10. j. Tahun 2001.

068-04

Lesson 68

Latihan 8—Menjodohkan: Kosa Kata Jodohkanlah kata di kolom kiri dengan terjemahannya di kolom kanan. 1. asing

a. skill(s)

2. berguna

b. in nature (adj.), having the character of

3. berkebun

c. useful

4. bersifat

d. a way to do something

5. cara

e. foreign

6. hasil

f. water bufalo

7. kambing

g. result, yield

8. kerbau

h. to garden

9. ketrampilan

i. goat, also loosely: a sheep

10. lulus

j. plural marker for humans

11. menengah

k. agricultural enterprise, farm

12. mesin

l. middle-level, intermediate

13. mesin cuci

m. agriculture

14. para

n. engine, machine

15. pertanian

o. school student

16. siswa

p. washing machine

17. usaha tani

q. to pass (an exam)

Latihan 9—Teka Teki Silang (TTS) Mendatar: 5. fnished, completed 6. mechanic 7. foreign 8. goat 11. public, general 13. tree 14. engine, machine 15. as 16. to sell something 17. farmer 18. water bufalo Menurun: 1. middle-level 2. way, the way 3. clever 4. tall, high 9. to garden 10. world 12. to type

Lesson 68

Lesson 69

69 Perguruan Tinggi

Aims • to learn the main items of vocabulary needed to talk about higher education • to make a beginning talking about your own schooling.

Vocabulary Review Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous lessons. Make sure that you remember their meanings. agama

a religion

mulai

to start, to begin

berguna

to be useful

negeri

a state, government

berumur

to be in the age of

pariwisata

tourism

boleh

may

pekerjaan

job, occupation

dasar

basic

pembangunan

development

di samping

next to, beside

pendidikan

education

hampir

almost

perlu

to need

insinyur

an engineer

sangat

very, extremely

jarang

rarely, seldom

sejarah

history

keterampilan

a skill

semua

all, everything

kurang

not really

sulit

difficult

luas

wide, spacious

swasta

private

lulus

to pass, graduate

terlalu

too (as in too much)

membantu

to help, to assist

tentu saja

of course

memberikan

to give something

termasuk

included, including

memilih

to choose

ternyata

apparently

menjadi

to become

ujian

an exam, a test

muda

young

waktu

time, when

Lesson 69

Perguruan Tinggi di Indonesia Read the passage below about higher education institution in Indonesia. When you have finished listening to Sound File 069-01, complete Latihan 3–6 to check your understanding.

Perguruan Tinggi di Indonesia Di Indonesia ada hampir 500 lembaga dan tiga jenis perguruan tinggi: perguruan tinggi negeri, perguruan tinggi swasta dan perguruan tinggi kedinasan. Di antara lembaga perguruan tinggi ada universitas, akademi, politeknik, sekolah tinggi dan institut. Universitas memberikan pendidikan yang bersifat luas dengan bermacam-macam fakultas dan mata kuliah. Ada berbagai program mulai dari Diploma sampai program Doktor. Siswa yang ingin masuk universitas negeri harus ikut ujian masuk yang namanya SPMB (Seleksi Penerimaan Mahasiswa Baru). Kalau mereka lulus ujian SPMB mereka boleh masuk universitas negeri. Tetapi tentu saja mereka harus memilih program studi. Ada bermacam-macam fakultas dan Universitas Gadjah Mada (UGM) di Yogyakarta. This work by Eric Beerkens is mata kuliah pada tingkat universitas. Misallicensed under a CC BY-NC-ND 2.0 License nya para mahasiswa dapat belajar ilmu pengetahuan seperti ilmu kimia dan pertanian. Mereka dapat juga memilih fakultas hukum, kedokteran, ilmu ekonomi atau ilmu politik. Mereka dapat juga memilih fakultas teknik dan belajar teknik kimia atau teknik mesin. Ada juga yang belajar bahasa asing seperti bahasa Inggris, Jepang, Jerman, Mandarin, atau Prancis. Mata kuliah sejarah atau bisnis juga populer. Atau bisa juga mereka belajar menjadi guru di Fakultas Pendidikan. Hampir semua provinsi mempunyai universitas negeri. Di Jakarta ada Universitas Indonesia (UI), di Yogyakarta ada Universitas Gadjah Mada (UGM), dan di Bandung ada Institut Teknologi Bandung (ITB). UI, UGM dan ITB itu universitas negeri yang besar dan terkenal. Ada juga universitas swasta yang terkenal, misalnya Universitas Trisakti (Usakti), Universitas Katolik Indonesia Atmajaya dan Universitas Pelita Harapan (UPH). Sekolah tinggi seperti akademi dan politeknik memberikan pendidikan kejuruan seperti teknologi informatika, pariwisata, atau akuntansi. Perguruan tinggi kedinasan mendidik mahasiswa dari departemen pemerintah. Misalnya Sekolah Tinggi Akuntansi Negara (STAN) di Jakarta mendidik pegawai dari Departemen Keuangan dan Akademi Militer (AKMIL) di Magelang mendidik siswa yang akan menjadi perwira dalam Tentara Nasional Indonesia (TNI). Mau tahu lebih banyak tentang perguruan tinggi di Indonesia? Ada banyak informasi, termasuk informasi tentang uang kuliah, di internet.

Lesson 69

Making Simple Judgements You have already met a number of adjectives that you can use to express your opinion about something or make some basic judgements about what you like and don’t like. bagus great, excellent

baik good, kind

menarik interesting

biasa ordinary, common

membosankan boring

jelek terrible, bad

sukar difficult

sulit difficult

bersifat praktis practical in nature

menyenangkan nice, pleasant

berguna useful

mudah easy

These words can be made more emphatic, or less emphatic, with adverbs like these: tidak not ____

sangat very____

kurang not really ____

cukup ____ enough

lumayan pretty, quite ____

tidak begitu not really very ____

sama sekali tidak not ____ at all You can ask general questions about tertiary-level study using bagaimana (what is ___ like?). To clarify your question, or to hint at a possible answer, you can add some simple follow-up phrases. Practise generating sentences from the substitution tables that follow. Add to the substitution columns where you can. 1. Asking about institutions (lembaga) Universitas Gajah Mada? Politeknik Kesehatan Medan? Institut Teknologi Nasional?

Bagaimana

Bagus atau jelek? Bagus atau tidak? Mahal atau murah?

2. Asking about subjects of study (mata kuliah)

Bagaimana mata kuliah

sejarah? ilmu ekonomi? akuntansi?

Bersifat praktis atau tidak? Berguna atau tidak begitu berguna? Menyenangkan? Menarik atau membosankan?

3. Asking about lecturers (dosen, guru) and faculties (fakultas) (American students please note that a “lecturer” is a professor, and that “faculty” does not refer to academic university staff members but to a college or a school. Outside the U.S. these “schools” or “colleges” are called faculties, e.g. Faculty of Law, Faculty of Art etc.) Bagaimana

kuliah kelas

di Fakultas Teknik Mesin? di Fakultas Hukum?

Menarik atau membosankan? Baik atau biasa saja?

Lesson 69 Profesor Sunarto? Ibu Leila?

Jelas atau tidak?

One way of answering these questions is to begin with the adjectives and their adverb modifiers listed on the previous page, followed by reasons that are introduced with the word karena (because). Practise answering the questions in this way, choosing from the substitution columns in the tables below, and adding more details of your own. (Make sure your choices generate sentences that are logical and make good sense.) 1. Bagaimana Universitas Gadjah Mada? Bagus atau jelek?

Menurut saya Saya kira Wah!...

Universitas Gadjah Mada

sangat cukup lumayan kurang tidak begitu sama sekali tidak

jelek karena… menarik karena… bagus karena… menyenangkan karena… sulit karena…

sama sekali tidak… sangat… terlalu… tidak… cukup… lumayan… tidak begitu… kurang…

... perpustakaannya ... dosennya ... kampusnya ... kuliahnya ... mahasiswanya ... warung dan restorannya ... toko bukunya ... uang kuliahnya

2. Bagaimana mata kuliah sejarah? Berguna atau tidak?

Menurut saya Saya kira Wah!...

mata kuliah sejarah

… mahasiwa tidak perlu … mahasiswa harus

sangat cukup lumayan kurang tidak begitu sama sekali tidak

jelek karena… menarik karena… berguna karena… menyenangkan karena… sulit karena…

bekerja keras. membaca banyak. menulis banyak. belajar banyak.

3. Bagaimana kuliah Profesor Sunarto? Bagus atau biasa saja?

Menurut saya Saya kira Wah!...

kuliah Profesor Sunarto

… saya suka sekali… … saya tidak begitu suka… … saya sama sekali tidak senang …

sangat cukup lumayan kurang tidak begitu sama sekali tidak

mudah karena… menarik karena… membosankan karena… bagus karena…

Lesson 69 … dia (tidak) tahu banyak tentang… … dia (tidak begitu) pandai berbicara tentang…

Talking about your Education Here is a simple narrative in which the speaker describes her schooling: its pleasures and difficulties, and its outcome. Read the narrative very carefully several times. Try to memorise the steps in the narrative. Remember its key phrases and words. After reading it you will have to tell your own story in similar terms by doing the Education Resume exercise. Also check your understanding of this story by doing Latihan 7–8. Listen to Sound File 069-02.

N

ama saya Farah. Saya lahir di Medan pada tahun seribu sembilan ratus delapan puluh enam. Jadi sekarang saya berumur dua puluh lima tahun. Waktu berumur enam tahun saya masuk sekolah dasar. Di sekolah dasar saya belajar membaca dan menulis, dan juga matematika dan bahasa Indonesia. Di samping itu saya belajar menyanyi dan olahraga. Pada waktu itu guru saya Ibu Nuriah dan Bapak Fauzi. Saya belajar di sekolah dasar selama enam tahun. Lalu, waktu berumur tiga belas tahun, saya masuk sekolah menengah. Belajar di sekolah menengah itu jauh lebih sulit daripada di sekolah dasar. Tentu saja saya masih belajar matematika dan bahasa Indonesia, tetapi saya juga belajar ilmu pengetahuan alam, ilmu pengetahuan sosial, sejarah Indonesia, bahasa Inggris dan agama Islam. Di samping itu saya juga belajar menyanyi dan olahraga seperti bola voli dan bulu tangkis. Saya pandai bermain voli. Pada waktu itu saya mempunyai beberapa teman yang bernama Maryam, Dewi dan Wati. Setiap hari kami bersama-sama ke sekolah. Pulang dari sekolah kami belajar bersama dan sering juga kami menonton flm di bioskop. Saya belajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah selama enam tahun. Dalam ujian akhir saya lulus dengan hasil yang baik. Oleh karena itu saya masuk Universitas Sumatra Utara. Pada waktu itu saya berumur sembilan belas tahun. Saya mengambil mata kuliah sejarah karena saya ingin menjadi guru sejarah. Tetapi pada tahun pertama saya tidak lulus karena saya lebih suka bermain-main dengan teman-teman. Kami lebih suka mendengarkan musik rock dan setiap malam Minggu kami ke disko untuk berdansa. Jarang kami belajar! Pada waktu itu saya masih muda, baru berumur dua puluh tahun. Sesudah itu saya mengambil mata kuliah matematika dan teknik sipil. Saya lebih tertarik pada matematika dan teknik sipil. Ternyata saya lulus dengan hasil yang cukup baik. Sekarang saya masih suka mendengarkan musik rock dan saya juga masih sering menonton flm, bermain voli dan berdansa di disko, tetapi sekarang saya sudah menjadi insinyur! Saya bekerja di berbagai proyek pembangunan. Pekerjaan itu sulit tetapi menyenangkan. Saya senang menjadi insinyur.

Exercise 069-01: Education Resume Now it’s your turn. Read the following passage out loud. The passage is the same as the one you have just studied above, but there are gaps in it where words have been deleted. When you read it, fill in the gaps with appropriate words that, as far as possible, refect your

Lesson 69 own schooling (it probably won’t be exactly the same, but try to make your narrative as close to your own experience as possible). Do this over and over until you can read the passage without hesitating, inserting the right words as you go. Nama saya _________. Saya lahir di _________ pada tahun seribu sembilan ratus _________. Jadi sekarang saya berumur _________ tahun. Waktu saya berumur enam tahun saya masuk sekolah dasar. Di sekolah dasar saya belajar membaca dan menulis. Saya juga belajar _________ dan _________. Di samping itu saya belajar _________ dan _________. Pada waktu itu guru saya _________ dan _________. Saya belajar di sekolah dasar selama enam tahun. Lalu, waktu saya berumur _________ tahun, saya masuk sekolah menengah. Belajar di sekolah menengah itu jauh lebih sulit daripada di sekolah dasar. Tentu saja saya masih belajar matematika, _________, tetapi saya juga belajar _________, _________, sejarah _________, bahasa _________ dan agama _________. Di samping itu saya juga belajar _________ dan olahraga seperti _________ dan _________. Saya pandai bermain _________. Pada waktu itu saya mempunyai beberapa teman yang bernama _________, _________ dan _________. Setiap hari kami bersama-sama ke sekolah. Pulang dari sekolah kami belajar bersama, dan sering juga kami _________. Saya belajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah selama enam tahun. Dalam ujian akhir saya lulus dengan hasil yang _________. Oleh karena itu saya masuk Universitas _________. Pada waktu itu saya berumur _________ tahun. Saya mengambil mata kuliah _________ karena saya ingin menjadi _________. Tetapi pada tahun pertama saya tidak lulus karena saya lebih suka _________. Kami lebih suka _________ dan setiap malam Minggu kami _________. Jarang kami belajar! Pada waktu itu saya masih muda, baru berumur _________ tahun. Sesudah itu saya mengambil mata kuliah _________ dan _________. Saya lebih tertarik pada _________ dan _________. Ternyata saya lulus dengan hasil yang cukup baik. Sekarang saya masih suka _________ dan saya juga masih sering _________, bermain _________ dan _________, tetapi sekarang saya sudah menjadi _________! Saya bekerja di _________. Pekerjaan itu sulit tetapi menyenangkan. Saya senang menjadi _________. Use the passage above as a kick-off point, but delete and add information, change the or der of things etc. so that you can describe more accurately what your own schooling was really like. Go back over the last three lessons and review the vocabulary, grammar and model sentences that deal with education. As soon as you can, put aside this book and the model

Lesson 69 passage. Your ultimate aim should be to tell the story of your schooling correctly and in detail, even if in simple form, without referring to any written models or help. Once you are confident that you have mastered a thoroughly-rehearsed, correct, fuently spoken, and personally authentic account of your education, tell it to fellow students or to your teacher/tutor and invite them to ask you questions about it. There are many questions that might be asked, but try to give prominence to the questions you practised earlier in this lesson… questions like: Bagaimana

Bagaimana

Bagaimana

Sekolah Dasar _________ ? Sekolah Menengah _________ ? Universitas ________ ? pendidikan di _______ ? mata kuliah ________ ? mata pelajaran ________ ?

Bagus atau jelek? Bagus atau tidak? Mahal atau murah? Bersifat praktis atau tidak? Berguna atau tidak begitu berguna? Menyenangkan atau membosankan?

di Fakultas _______ ? kelas dalam bidang ________ ? kuliah Profesor ______ ? pelajaran Ibu _______ ? dalam mata kuliah ______?

Menarik atau membosankan? Bagus atau biasa saja? Jelas atau tidak?

You can also find strategies for answering these kinds of questions earlier in this lesson. Your answers might begin with introductory words and phrases like: Menurut saya… Saya kira… Wah!...

Menurut pendapat saya… Sebetulnya… Aduh!...

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu 1 Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan. agama

almost

insinyur

all

berguna

basic

ketrampilan

apparently

berumur

beside

luas

broad, extensive

boleh

country

lulus

difficult, hard to do

dasar

development

membantu

engineer

di samping

may

memberikan

examination

hampir

religion

memilih

including

menjadi

to be aged

semua

private

muda

to become

sulit

skill

mulai

to begin

swasta

to choose

negeri

tourism

terlalu

to give sth to s.o.

Lesson 69 pariwisata

useful

termasuk

to help, assist

pekerjaan

work, employment

ternyata

to pass

pembangunan

young

ujian

too (as in “too much” )

Latihan 2—Pemahaman: Perguruan Tinggi di Indonesia Bacalah teks “Perguruan Tinggi di Indonesia” di atas dan jawab pertanyaan di bawah ini. 1. How many types of tertiary education are there in Indonesia? [P1] A. three B. four C. more than five hundred 2. What is the requirement for students who want to apply at a state-owned university? [P3] A. They have to graduate from high school. B. They have to earn their diploma first. C. They have to pass the enrolment test. 3. According to the passage, what languages can be learned at universities? [P3] (Select all that apply) A. French B. English C. German D. Dutch 4. What faculty prepares students to become teachers? [P3] A. Faculty of Literature B. Faculty of Teaching C. Faculty of Education 5. What type of university is Gadjah Mada University? [P4] A. It is a private university. B. It is a state university. C. It is an academy. 6. Does an academy provide general education? [P5] A. Yes, it provides general and diverse education. B. No, it only provides a vocational education. 7. Graduates of what institutions of higher learning are expected to serve in Indonesian government institutions? [P5] (Select two) A. AKMIL B. ITB C. STAN D. UI E. UPH

Lesson 69 8. According to the passage, if a prospective student wants to know more about tertiary education institutions in Indonesia, what should they do? [P6] A. Contact the author of the article. B. Go directly to the university they want to enrol. C. Check the official website.

Latihan 3—Benar atau Salah: Perguruan Tinggi di Indonesia Bacalah teks “Perguruan Tinggi di Indonesia.” di atas dan pilihlah jawaban yang benar. 1. Ada lebih dari 400 lembaga perguruan tinggi di Indonesia. A. Benar B. Salah 2. Politeknik memberikan pendidikan yang bersifat luas. A. Benar B. Salah 3. Sebelum masuk perguruan tinggi, mahasiswa harus ikut ujian masuk. A. Benar B. Salah 4. Akademi membantu mahasiswa untuk memperoleh ketrampilan yang berguna untuk mencari pekerjaan. A. Benar B. Salah 5. Setiap provinsi di Indonesia mempunyai universitas negeri dan universitas swasta. A. Benar B. Salah 6. Tidak ada universitas negeri di pulau Jawa. A. Benar B. Salah 7. UI, UGM dan ITB itu universitas yang besar dan terkenal. A. Benar B. Salah 8. Perguruan tinggi kedinasan mendidik mahasiswa yang kemudian bekerja di departemen pemerintah. A. Benar B. Salah 9. STAN mendidik mahasiswa menjadi tentara. A. Benar B. Salah 10. Hanya sedikit informasi mengenai universitas di Indonesia. A. Benar B. Salah

Lesson 69

Latihan 4—Isian: Perguruan Tinggi di Indonesia (1) Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat: asing—belajar—berbagai—hampir —harus—juga—mahasiswa—memberikan—memilih—menjadi—mereka—pengetahuan— pertanian Di Indonesia ada ____________ 500 lembaga dan tiga jenis perguruan tinggi: perguruan tinggi negeri, perguruan tinggi swasta dan perguruan tinggi kedinasan. Di antara lembaga perguruan tinggi ada universitas, akademi, politeknik, sekolah tinggi dan institut. Universitas ____________ pendidikan yang bersifat luas dengan bermacam-macam fakultas dan mata kuliah. Ada ____________ program mulai dari Diploma sampai program Doktor. Siswa yang ingin masuk universitas negeri ____________ ikut ujian masuk yang namanya SPMB (Seleksi Penerimaan Mahasiswa Baru). Kalau mereka lulus ujian SPMB mereka boleh masuk universitas negeri. Tetapi tentu saja ____________ harus ____________ program studi. Ada bermacam-macam fakultas dan mata kuliah pada tingkat universitas. Misalnya para ____________ dapat belajar ilmu ____________ seperti ilmu kimia dan ____________. Mereka dapat juga memilih fakultas hukum, kedokteran, ilmu ekonomi atau ilmu politik. Mereka dapat juga memilih fakultas teknik dan ________ teknik kimia atau teknik mesin. Ada ____________ yang belajar bahasa ____________ seperti bahasa Inggris, Jepang, Jerman, Mandarin, atau Prancis. Mata kuliah sejarah atau bisnis juga populer. Atau bisa juga mereka belajar ____________ guru di Fakultas Pendidikan.

Latihan 5—Isian: Perguruan Tinggi di Indonesia (2) Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat. mempunyai—mendidik—menjadi—negeri—pariwisata—pemerintah—perguruan— seperti—terkenal—termasuk Hampir semua provinsi ____________ universitas negeri. Di Jakarta ada Universitas Indonesia (UI), di Yogyakarta ada Universitas Gadjah Mada (UGM), dan di Bandung ada Institut Teknologi Bandung (ITB). UI, UGM dan ITB itu universitas ____________ yang besar dan terkenal. Ada juga universitas swasta yang ____________, misalnya Universitas Trisakti (Usakti), Universitas Katolik Indonesia Atmajaya dan Universitas Pelita Harapan (UPH).

Lesson 69 Sekolah tinggi ____________ akademi dan politeknik memberikan pendidikan kejuruan seperti teknologi informatika, ____________, atau akuntansi. Perguruan tinggi kedinasan ____________ mahasiswa dari departemen ____________. Misalnya Sekolah Tinggi Akuntansi Negara (STAN) di Jakarta mendidik pegawai dari Departemen Keuangan dan Akademi Militer (AKMIL) di Magelang mendidik siswa yang akan ____________ perwira dalam Tentara Nasional Indonesia (TNI). Mau tahu lebih banyak tentang ____________ tinggi di Indonesia? Ada banyak informasi, ____________ informasi tentang uang kuliah, di internet.

Latihan 6—Pemahaman: Berbicara tentang Pendidikan Bacalah teks “Pendidikan Saya” di atas dan jawablah pertanyaan-pertanyaan di bawah ini. 1. Where was Farah born? A. Bali B. Medan C. Lombok D. Jakarta 2. How old is Farah now? A. 23 B. 24 C. 25 D. 26 3. When did Farah study Islam? A. When she attended primary school B. When she attended intermediate school C. When she attended high school D. When she attended university 4. For how many years Farah attended primary school? A. four B. five C. six D. seven 5. After school, what do Farah and her friends use to do? A. play sports and do homework B. study together and go see movies at the cinema C. eat dinner and study D. relax and do homework 6. How old was Farah when she entered University of North Sumatra? A. 18 years old B. 19 years old

Lesson 69 C. 20 years old D. 21 years old 7. When Farah first started to study at the university, she wanted to become a… A. physician B. research scientist C. history teacher D. a nurse 8. On what day of the week do Farah and her friends go to the disco? A. Sunday B. Monday C. Tuesday D. Saturday 9. After graduating from the university Farah became a… A. history teacher B. engineer C. mechanic D. doctor 10. Does Farah enjoy her current profession? A. Yes, she loves it B. No, she wishes she would have stayed with her first profession

Latihan 7—Pilihan Ganda Pilihlah jawaban yang benar. 1. Your friend speaks only Indonesian so you find it practical in nature/character to learn Indonesian too. How do you say “practical in nature”? A. membosankan B. menarik C. baik D. bersifat praktis 2. The new program you downloaded to use on your computer is great, excellent. A. bagus B. menyenangkan C. biasa D. mudah 3. This summer you are going to go to Bali for 2 weeks. To you, learning Indonesian in class before you go to Bali is very useful. A. berguna B. sulit C. menyenangkan D. menarik

Lesson 69 4. You recently returned from watching a movie that was very boring. A. baik B. membosankan C. sulit D. bagus 5. You enjoy translating Indonesian into English and find the task to be very easy. A. sulit B. berguna C. mudah D. menarik 6. You just bought an ordinary DVD that does not have many special effects and is not exceptional compared to other DVDs you have watched. A. menyenangkan B. mudah C. jelek D. biasa 7. Your friend built a sand castle sculpture but it is terrible and poorly built. A. jelek B. berguna C. menyenangkan D. biasa 8. Your friend is a very kind person. A. baik B. jelek C. sukar D. menarik 9. Your friend is a very pleasant and nice person. A. sulit B. berguna C. menarik D. menyenangkan 10. You are currently enrolled in a literature class that you find very boring because you are more interested in the natural sciences. A. biasa B. membosankan C. beguna D. bersifat prakus 11. You are learning to drive a 5-speed car instead of automatic car but find it very difficult. A. berguna B. mudah C. menyenangkan D. sulit

Lesson 69 12. You are currently taking an interesting course to learn how to navigate by the stars. A. biasa B. menarik C. berguna D. mudah 13. You are currently studying Indonesian but find the coursework to be very difficult. A. mudah B. sukar C. bagus D. berguna

Latihan 8—Adverbs Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan. 1. tidak

a. extremely ...

2. kurang

b. pretty, quite

3. sangat

c. not ...

4. lumayan

d. ... enough

5. cukup

e. not really ...

6. sama sekali tidak

f. not really very ...

7. tidak begitu

g. not ... at all, completely not ...

Latihan 9—Jawaban Singkat Go back to Lesson 66 and carefully review the information on pronouncing the letters of the alphabet in Indonesian. Using the guide to the pronunciation of letters in Lesson 66 write down how you would say the following abbreviations. Study this example first. Abbreviation: UPH. You write: “u pe ha” (Universitas Pelita Harapan) 1. UI 2. SMA 3. UGM 4. ITB 5. UII 6. STAN 7. UKI 8. TNI 9. UKSW 10. IKJ

Lesson 69

Latihan 10—Kosa Kata 1 Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan. 1. bidang

a. related to government

2. kedokteran

b. institute

3. kesehatan

c. institute, social institution

4. industri

d. finance, finances

5. kedinasan

e. field (of enterprise, study, etc.)

6. lembaga

f. health

7. keuangan

g. industry

8. khusus

h. first of all

9. departemen

i. academy

10. akademi

j. government department

11. institut

k. medicine

12. lebih dahulu

l. particular, specialist

Latihan 11—Kosa Kata 2 Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan. 1. mendidik

a. to obtain

2. teknik

b. to educate, to train

3. memperoleh

c. engineering

4. perguruan tinggi

d. Indonesia’s state philosophy

5. Pancasila

e. the last, i.e. final one in series

6. pelajar

f. project

7. terakhir

g. student, learner

8. politeknik

h. college of higher education

9. perwira

i. higher education, universities

10. sekolah tinggi

j. in the armed forces

11. proyek

k. polytechnic, vocational college

Lesson 69

Latihan 12—Teka Teki Silang (TTS) Mendatar: 1. to obtain, to get 3. young 6. health 7. field (of study etc.) 8. too (as in “too much”) 10. medical 13. almost 15. including 16. institute 17. related to government services/agencies 18. particular, specialist 19. to be such-and-such an age Menurun: 1. to give sth. to s.o. 2. to educate, to train 4. religion 5. finances 9. useful 11. last 12. to assist someone 14. engineering

Lesson 70

70 Masih Berbicara tentang Pendidikan

Aims • To introduce ordinal numbers • To read more about education, and to use this to talk more about your own education

Vocabulary Review Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous lessons. Make sure that you remember their meanings. berkebun

to do gardening

pindah

to move, shift

bingung

confused

sapi

cattle, a cow, a bull

bulan

month, moon

sawah

paddy feld

hasil pertanian

agriculture output

selesai

fnished, completed

kedua

the second

setuju

to agree

melakukan

do something

sukar

difcult

masih

still, as yet

tahu

to know

membawa

to bring something

terkenal

famous, well known

memelihara

to keep

tertarik (pada)

interested (in)

memilih

to select

ujian

an examination, a test

pertama

the frst

usaha tani

a farming business

Ordinal Numbers As the term “ordinal” suggests, ordinal numbers are those that indicate the order in which things appear in a sequence or a list. In English, ordinal numbers start with “the frst” and go on to “the second”, “the third”, “the fourth” and so on. In Indonesian, the term for “frst” is pertama. After pertama, all ordinal numbers are formed with total regularity by attaching the prefx ke- to the cardinal number concerned. Frequently yang precedes the ordinal. Thus yang kedua the second

yang ketiga the third

yang kedua puluh the twentieth

yang keseratus the one hundredth

Note that yang often, but not always, precedes the ordinal:

Lesson 70 or

Pada tahun yang keempat saya mengambil mata kuliah sosiologi pertanian. Pada tahun keempat saya mengambil mata kuliah sosiologi pertanian.

Talking about Education II In the previous lesson you sketched your education. Now let’s try to put more colour into this picture. Here is how an agricultural professional might describe their education. Read the account carefully, because, with appropriate modifcations, you will fnd that you can incorporate parts of it into your own narrative.

Pendidikan Seorang Ahli Pertanian Listen to Sound File 070-01.

N

ama saya Lukas Mitang. Saya lahir di kota Bajawa di Pulau Flores pada tahun 1978. Saya mulai belajar di sekolah dasar “Budi Luhur” di Ende. Saya belajar di sana selama enam tahun, dari 1984 sampai 1990. Saya belajar membaca, menulis dan matematika dasar. Waktu belajar di SD saya tinggal dengan kakak saya yang bekerja di Ende. Sesudah lulus sekolah dasar pada tahun yang keenam saya masuk Sekolah Menengah Pertama di Kupang pada tahun 1991. Di SMP Kupang saya mengambil mata pelajaran Pancasila, bahasa Indonesia, bahasa Inggris, matematika, ilmu ekonomi, sejarah Indonesia dan ilmu pengetahuan. Saya juga belajar olahraga. Waktu di SMP saya senang sekali bermain bulu tangkis. Lalu pada tahun 1994 saya masuk Sekolah Teknik Menengah Atas di Kupang. Sekolah Teknik Menengah Atas itu sekolah kejuruan. Waktu itu saya berumur enam belas tahun. Saya belajar di STMA selama tiga tahun. Di STMA saya mengambil mata pelajaran matematika, bahasa Inggris, teknik pertanian dan ilmu ekonomi pertanian. Saya lulus dengan hasil yang baik. Sesudah selesai belajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah atas saya pindah ke Yogyakarta di Pulau Jawa. Saya ikut Seleksi Penerimaan Mahasiswa Baru di Yogyakarta dan saya memperoleh hasil yang baik. Pada waktu itu saya menjadi bingung karena tidak tahu harus belajar apa. Saya juga tidak tahu sebaiknya belajar di mana. Jadi saya berbicara dengan paman saya yang menjadi pegawai negeri Departemen Pendidikan Nasional di Yogyakarta. Paman saya mengatakan sebaiknya memilih universitas Katolik saja dan mengambil teknik pertanian karena waktu saya belajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah atas saya pandai dalam mata pelajaran matematika. Tetapi bibi tidak setuju. Menurut bibi, saya lebih pandai dalam mata pelajaran bahasa Ing gris. Jadi katanya sebaiknya mengambil bahasa Inggris saja di tingkat universitas. Bibi juga mengatakan sebaiknya saya jangan masuk universitas swasta seperti universitas Katolik. Lebih baik masuk universitas negeri, katanya. Tentu saja saya menjadi lebih bingung lagi karena tidak tahu apa yang harus saya lakukan. Sesudah berpikir lama saya memilih kuliah teknik pertanian tetapi bukan di universitas Katolik. Katanya jurusan teknik pertanian di Universitas Gadjah Mada cukup baik. UGM itu universitas negeri. Dosen di UGM terkenal pandai dan laboratoriumnya juga bagus. Jadi saya masuk Fakultas Pertanian di UGM. Pada tahun yang pertama saya mengambil mata kuliah ekonomi pertanian, bahasa Inggris dan teknik dasar. Untuk saya mata kuliah ekonomi pertanian menarik sekali. Saya sangat

Lesson 70

senang ikut kuliah ilmu ekonomi pertanian. Saya juga tertarik pada kuliah bahasa Inggris. Mata kuliah bahasa Inggris sukar tetapi saya lulus dengan hasil yang baik. Pada tahun yang kedua saya mengambil mata kuliah ilmu ekonomi pertanian dan bahasa Inggris lagi. Di samping itu saya mengambil mata kuliah teknik mesin dasar dan matematika. Pada tahun yang ketiga saya mengambil teknik mesin dan bahasa Inggris. Saya lulus ujian bahasa Inggris dan teknik mesin dengan hasil yang baik tetapi hasil saya dalam mata kuliah matematika kurang baik. Pada tahun yang keempat saya mengambil mata kuliah sosiologi pertanian. Selama tiga bulan kami harus tinggal di desa dengan keluarga petani. Setiap hari kami membantu para petani bekerja di sawah, berkebun, dan memelihara sapi, kerbau, ayam dan kambing. Kami juga membantu membawa hasil pertanian ke pasar. Sesudah empat tahun belajar di UGM saya lulus dengan gelar Sarjana pada tahun 2008. Pada tahun yang pertama sesudah lulus saya tidak bekerja tetapi pada tahun kedua saya memperoleh pekerjaan pada sebuah usaha tani di dekat kota Ungaran. Sampai sekarang saya masih bekerja pada usaha tani itu tetapi saya mencari pekerjaan di Pulau Flores. Saya ingin sekali bekerja di Flores karena saya lahir di sana dan ingin membantu pembangunan di pulau itu.

Affxation Afxation is the morphological process whereby an afx is attached to the root or stem of a word. Afxes can be attached at the beginning (prefxation), in the middle (infxation) or the end (sufxation) of words. Infxation is rarely found in Indonesian, but in many cases prefxes and suffxes can be combined to form circumfxes. The word kejuruan, for instance, consist of the root juru (skilled workman) and has a prefx (ke-) and a sufx (-an) attached to it. The combination of prefx and sufx is known as a circumfx. The circumfx ke-...-an here has the function to form the abstract noun kejuruan (vocation). In the coming weeks and months you will learn more about afxation, which is the morphological process whereby an afx (prefx and/or sufx) is attached to a root or stem of a word. The following gives you an overview of the afxes occurring in our small reading text. Afxated words are printed in bold.

N

ama saya Lukas Mitang. Saya lahir di kota Bajawa di Pulau Flores pada tahun 1978. Saya mulai belajar di sekolah dasar “Budi Luhur” di Ende. Saya belajar di sana selama enam tahun, dari 1984 sampai 1990. Saya belajar membaca, menulis dan matematika dasar. Waktu belajar di SD saya tinggal dengan kakak saya yang bekerja di Ende. Sesudah lulus sekolah dasar pada tahun yang keenam saya masuk Sekolah Menengah Pertama di Kupang pada tahun 1991. Di SMP Kupang saya mengambil mata pelajaran Pancasila, bahasa Indonesia, bahasa Inggris, matematika, ilmu ekonomi, sejarah Indonesia dan ilmu pengetahuan. Saya juga belajar olahraga. Waktu di SMP saya senang sekali bermain bulu tangkis. Lalu pada tahun 1994 saya masuk Sekolah Teknik Menengah Atas di Kupang. Sekolah Teknik Menengah Atas itu sekolah kejuruan. Waktu itu saya berumur enam belas tahun. Saya belajar di STMA selama tiga tahun. Di STMA saya mengambil mata pelajaran matematika, bahasa Inggris, teknik pertanian dan ilmu ekonomi pertanian. Saya lulus dengan hasil yang baik. Sesudah selesai belajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah atas saya pindah ke Yogyakarta di Pulau Jawa. Saya ikut Seleksi Penerimaan Mahasiswa Baru di Yogyakarta dan saya memperoleh hasil yang baik. Pada waktu itu saya menjadi bingung karena tidak tahu harus belajar apa. Saya juga tidak tahu sebaiknya belajar di mana. Jadi saya berbicara dengan paman saya yang menjadi pegawai negeri Departemen Pendidikan Nasional di Yogyakarta. Paman saya mengatakan sebaiknya memilih universitas Katolik saja dan mengambil teknik pertanian karena wak-

Lesson 70

tu saya belajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah atas saya pandai dalam mata pelajaran matematika. Tetapi bibi tidak setuju. Menurut bibi, saya lebih pandai dalam mata pelajaran bahasa Inggris. Jadi katanya sebaiknya mengambil bahasa Inggris saja di tingkat universitas. Bibi juga mengatakan sebaiknya saya jangan masuk universitas swasta seperti universitas Katolik. Lebih baik masuk universitas negeri, katanya. Tentu saja saya menjadi lebih bingung lagi karena tidak tahu apa yang harus saya lakukan. Sesudah berpikir lama saya memilih kuliah teknik pertanian tetapi bukan di universitas Katolik. Katanya jurusan teknik pertanian di Universitas Gadjah Mada cukup baik. UGM itu universitas negeri. Dosen di UGM terkenal pandai dan laboratoriumnya juga bagus. Jadi saya masuk Fakultas Pertanian di UGM. Pada tahun yang pertama saya mengambil mata kuliah ekonomi pertanian, bahasa Inggris dan teknik dasar. Untuk saya mata kuliah ekonomi pertanian menarik sekali. Saya sangat senang ikut kuliah ilmu ekonomi pertanian. Saya juga tertarik pada kuliah bahasa Inggris. Mata kuliah bahasa Inggris sukar tetapi saya lulus dengan hasil yang baik. Pada tahun yang kedua saya mengambil mata kuliah ilmu ekonomi pertanian dan bahasa Inggris lagi. Di samping itu saya mengambil mata kuliah teknik mesin dasar dan matematika. Pada tahun yang ketiga saya mengambil teknik mesin dan bahasa Inggris. Saya lulus ujian bahasa Inggris dan teknik mesin dengan hasil yang baik tetapi hasil saya dalam mata kuliah matematika kurang baik. Pada tahun yang keempat saya mengambil mata kuliah sosiologi pertanian. Selama tiga bulan kami harus tinggal di desa dengan keluarga petani. Setiap hari kami membantu para petani bekerja di sawah, berkebun, dan memelihara sapi, kerbau, ayam dan kambing. Kami juga membantu membawa hasil pertanian ke pasar. Sesudah empat tahun belajar di UGM saya lulus dengan gelar Sarjana pada tahun 2008. Pada tahun yang pertama sesudah lulus saya tidak bekerja tetapi pada tahun kedua saya memperoleh pekerjaan pada sebuah usaha tani di dekat kota Ungaran. Sampai sekarang saya masih bekerja pada usaha tani itu tetapi saya mencari pekerjaan di Pulau Flores. Saya ingin sekali bekerja di Flores karena saya lahir di sana dan ingin membantu pembangunan di pulau itu. Afx

Words

se-

selama, sesudah, setiap, sebuah, setuju

per-...-an

pelajaran, pertanian

peN-...-an

pembangunan, pengetahuan, penerimaan, pendidikan

ber-

belajar, bekerja, bermain, berumur, berbicara

meN- (Passive: di-)

membaca, menarik, menulis, menengah, memelihara, mengambil, menjadi, memilih, menurut, mencari, membantu

meN-kan (Passive: di-...-kan or -kan)

mengatakan

ke-

keenam, ketiga, keempat

-nya

laboratoriumnya

ke-...-an

kejuruan

-an

jurusan

memper-

memperoleh

ter-

terkenal, tertarik

se-...-nya

sebaiknya

Lesson 70 seThe prefx se- is derived from satu ‘one’. Tuju by itself does not mean anything. Menuju is ‘to go in the direction of’ so that se=tuju has the literal meaning ‘having one direction’ buah

fruit

sebuah

a, one

lama

long (in duration)

selama

during, while

tiap

each, every

setiap

each and every

tuju

-

setuju

agree

peThe prefx pe- is based on ber- verbs and indicates the person who performs the action of the verb: bertani

to work the felds

petani

farmer

bertenis

to play tennis

petenis

tennis player

belajar

to learn

pelajar

learner, student

berenang

to swim

perenang

swimmer

per-...-an The noun-forming circumfex per-...-an is derived from intransitive ber- verbs. belajar

to learn

pelajaran

lesson

bertani

to farm

pertanian

agriculture

peN-...-an The noun-forming circumfex peN-...-an is derived from transitive meN- (including meN-...-kan and meN-...-i verbs) verbs. The resulting nouns are “active verbal nouns” describing the process or the act of doing something membangun (bangun)

to build

pembangunan

the process of building

mengetahui (ke=tahu=i) to know something

pengetahuan

knowledge

menerima (terima)

to accept

penerimaan

acceptance

mendidik (duduk)

to educate

pendidikan

education

berThe prefx ber- forms intransitive verbs. Often the roots by themselves are not used independently; ajar does not occur in any other context but in the phrase kurang ajar ‘extremely rude’, a swearword; bicara rarely occurs on it’s own – if it does it is usually the colloquial form of berbicara where the prefx ber- has been dropped. Based on nouns ber- verbs usually have the meaning ‘to have’ or ‘to wear’ (e.g. nama ‘name’ bernama ‘to have a name’, buah ‘fruit’ berbuah ‘to have fruits’, bersepatu ‘to wear shoes’). ajar

-

belajar

to learn

bicara

-

berbicara

to speak

kerja

work

bekerja

to work

main

play

bermain

to play

Lesson 70 umur

age

berumur

to have an age

meNThe prefx meN- forms transitive verbs. The N stands for the nasal that is often attached between the prefx me- and the base. The nasal can be n, ng, m, ny, or Ø. If a base has p, t, or k as initial consonant then the consonant is replaced by the nasal. You have learned that the meaning of menurut is ‘according to’. In fact it is a verb meaning ‘to follow’ and ‘to obey’, so the phrase menurut pendapat saya ‘according to my opinion’ literally means ‘following my opinion’. Menarik ‘interesting’ is also a verb meaning ‘to pull, attract’. Menengah is derived from tengah ‘middle’, and is only found in combination with sekolah or pendidikan – in Indonesian as well as in Malaysian. Base

+ meN-

Meaning

baca

membaca

to read

tulis

menulis

to write

pelihara

memelihara

to raise

ambil

mengambil

to take

jadi

menjadi

to be, become

bantu

membantu

to help, assist

tarik

menarik

to pull, attractive

pilih

memilih

to choose

kata (-kan)

mengatakan

to say

turut

menurut

to follow, obey

tengah

menengah

middle, intermediate

keThis prefx forms ordinal numbers: kedua ‘second’, ketiga ‘third’ etc. -nya This sufx can have several functions: the main function is that of a third perfect personal pronoun, e.g. rumahnya ‘his house’, sepedanya ‘her bike’, and laboratoriumnya ‘its laboratory’. In its latter function as a neutral personal pronoun it often functions in a similar way as the English definite article ‘the’. Ke-...-an and -an are both noun-forming afxes. The circumfex ke-...-an is usually quite predictable in that it forms abstract nouns which are most often based on adjectives, e.g. baik ‘kind’ kebaikan ‘kindness’, kaya ‘miskin’ kekayaan ‘wealth’, tinggi ‘high’ ketinggian ‘altitude’ etc. When attached to nouns it still forms abstract nouns, e.g. juru ‘specialist, artisan’ and sekolah kejuruan ‘specialist school’. Compare also fakultas kedokteran ‘college of medicine’, ilmu kelautan ‘oceanology’, The sufx -an is most often based on verbal bases: minum ‘drink’ minuman ‘ a drink’, makan to eat’ makanan ‘food’, menjurus ‘to point into a certain direction’ jurusan ‘direction, (academic) department’. For the other afxes ter-, memper- and se-...-nya we have encountered too few examples so that they will be discussed at a later time. (See also: http://www.bahasakita.com/grammar)

Lesson 70

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan. membawa

to garden, farm

pertama

crops

berkebun

agricultural business

terkenal

frst

masih

fnished, completed

bulan

to agree

usaha tani

to do something

tahu

difcult

pindah

still

hasil pertanian

interested

memilih

to carry, bring

sawah

famous

melakukan

to take care of

sukar

exam

memelihara

to choose

bingung

month, moon

selesai

cattle

ujian

confused

sapi

to move

setuju

rice feld

membawa

rice feld

tertarik

to know

Latihan 2—Pemahaman: Pendidikan Seorang Ahli Pertanian (1) Bacalah teks “Pendidikan Seorang Ahli Pertanian” di atas dan jawablah pertanyaanpertanyaan berikut sesuai dengan bacaan. 1. When Lukas Mitang was in primary school, he lived with his... A. cousin B. father C. mother D. sister 2. While in intermediate school, what sport did Lukas Mitang like to play? A. soccer B. rugby C. badminton D. basketball 3. What kind of school is Sekolah Teknik Menengah Atas? A. Pre-university school B. University C. Vocational School 4. What kind of engineering did Lukas Mitang study at Sekolah Teknik Menengah Atas? A. agricultural engineering B. civil engineering C. architectural engineering D. mechanical engineering 5. After having completed his studies, where did Lukas Mitang move to? A. Java B. Maluku

Lesson 70 C. Kalimantan D. Sumatra

Latihan 3—Pemahaman: Pendidikan Seorang Ahli Pertanian (2) Bacalah teks “Pendidikan Seorang Ahli Pertanian” di atas dan jawablah pertanyaanpertanyaan berikut sesuai dengan bacaan. 1. When Lukas Mitang arrived in Java, how did he feel about studying there? A. He knew exactly what he wanted to study. B. He was confused and was unsure about what to study. C. He liked studying but did not want to study anymore. D. He did not like to study and decided that moving was a bad idea. 2. Whose advice did Lukas Mitang ask for about his future career? Select all that apply. A. Mother B. Father C. Aunt D. Uncle 3. Lukas Mitang’s uncle said that he should attend what kind of university? A. Private university B. Public university C. Either a private or a public university 4. Why did Lukas’ uncle say that he should attend the university from question #3? A. Because Lukas Mitang is very good at mathematics B. Because Lukas Mitang is very good at engineering C. Because Lukas Mitang is very good at English D. Because Lukas Mitang is very religious 5. Lukas Mitang’s aunt said that he should attend what kind of university? A. Private university B. Public university C. Either a private or a public university 6. Why did Lukas’ aunt say that he should attend the university from question #5? A. Because Lukas Mitang is very good at mathematics B. Because Lukas Mitang is very good at engineering C. Because Lukas Mitang is very good at English D. Because Lukas Mitang is very religious 7. Lukas Mitang decided to study engineering at the university. Which branch of engineering did he decide to study? A. Mechanical Engineering B. Agricultural Engineering. C. Civil Engineering D. Architectural Engineering

Lesson 70

Latihan 4—Pemahaman: Pendidikan Seorang Ahli Pertanian (3) Jawablah pertanyaan-pertanyaan berikut sesuai dengan bacaan. 1. According to the narrative, did Lukas Mitang fnd the subject he chose to study at the university interesting? A. Yes B. No 2. What subjects did Lukas Mitang take in his frst year? Select all that apply. A. Agricultural Economics B. English C. Mathematics D. Basic Engineering E. Mechanical Engineering 3. What subjects did Lukas Mitang take in his second year? Select all that apply. A. Agricultural Economics B. English C. Mathematics D. Basic Engineering E. Mechanical Engineering 4. What subjects did Lukas Mitang take in his third year? Select all that apply. A. Agricultural Economics B. English C. Mathematics D. Basic Engineering E. Mechanical Engineering 5. Of the three exams that Lukas Mitang took, which ones did he say that he received good results from? (select two) A. English B. Mechanical Engineering C. Mathematics D. All of the exams 6. During Lukas Mitang’s fourth year, he studied the sociology of agriculture. According to the narrative, what did he do? Select all that apply. A. Lived in villages with peasant farmers for 3 months B. Helped the peasant farmers to bring agricultural produce to the market C. Studied his textbooks and manuals on the diferent aspects of the sociology of agriculture D. Assisted in taking care of the diferent farm animals 7. What year did Lukas Mitang graduate? A. 2006 B. 2007 C. 2008 D. 2009

Lesson 70 8. Upon graduation, did Lukas Mitang fnd a job? A. Yes, he found a job in his frst year after graduation. B. Yes, he found a job in his second year after graduation. C. No, he is still looking for a job. D. No, he has decided that he does not like agriculture and is looking to go back to school for a diferent discipline.

Latihan 5—Pemahaman Each of the following sentences is taken from the “Pendidikan Seorang Ahli Petani” passage, but in each of them there is one word that is factually wrong, i.e. is not consistent with account of Lukas Mitang’s education given in the textbook’s narrative. Write the factually wrong word (as far as possible without looking back at the passage). 1. Kami harus pergi ke desa dan tinggal dengan keluarga petani selama tiga hari. ____________ 2. Katanya kuliah teknik pertanian di Universitas Gadjah Mada kurang baik. ____________ 3. Pada tahun yang pertama saya mengambil mata kuliah ekonomi pertanian, bahasa Inggris dan sastra. ____________ 4. Paman saya mengatakan, sebaiknya saya memilih universitas Islam saja. ____________ 5. Paman saya menjadi pengusaha di Yogyakarta. ____________ 6. Saya lahir di kota Bajawa di Pulau Ambon pada tahun 1978. ____________ 7. Sesudah selesai belajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah atas saya pindah ke Semarang di Pulau Jawa. ____________ 8. Tetapi dua tahun sesudah saya lulus, saya memperoleh pekerjaan pada pabrik di dekat kota Ungaran. ____________ 9. Waktu saya belajar di SD saya tinggal dengan nenek saya yang bekerja di Ende. ____________ 10. Waktu saya di SMP saya senang sekali bermain tenis. ____________

Latihan 6—Isian: Pendidikan Seorang Ahli Pertanian Fill in the gaps using afxiated words formed from the following bases: ambil—bangun— bantu—bawa—bicara—didik—jadi—kata—kebun—kerja—lama—pelihara—pikir—pilih— sudah—tarik—tengah—terima—tiap—tuju—umur Possible afxiations are: 1. The prefxes meN-, ber-, and se-. 2. The circumfxes meN-...-kan and peN-...-an. Pada tahun 1994 saya masuk Sekolah Teknik ______________ Atas di Kupang. Sekolah Teknik Menengah Atas itu sekolah kejuruan. Waktu itu saya ______________ enam belas tahun. Saya ______________ di STMA selama tiga tahun. Di STMA saya mengambil mata pelajaran matematika, bahasa Inggris, teknik pertanian dan ilmu ekonomi pertanian. Saya lulus dengan hasil yang baik. Sesudah selesai belajar pada tingkat sekolah mene-

Lesson 70 ngah atas saya pindah ke Yogyakarta di Pulau Jawa. Saya ikut Seleksi ______________ Mahasiswa Baru di Yogyakarta dan saya memperoleh hasil yang baik. Pada waktu itu saya menjadi bingung karena tidak tahu harus belajar apa. Saya juga tidak tahu sebaiknya belajar di mana. Jadi saya ______________ dengan paman saya yang ______________ pegawai negeri Departemen ______________ Nasional di Yogyakarta. Pa-

man saya ______________ sebaiknya ______________ universitas Katolik saja dan mengambil teknik pertanian karena waktu saya belajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah atas saya pandai dalam mata pelajaran matematika. Tetapi bibi tidak ______________. [...] Tentu saja saya menjadi lebih bingung lagi karena tidak tahu apa yang harus saya lakukan. Sesudah ______________ lama saya memilih kuliah teknik pertanian tetapi bukan di universitas Katolik. Katanya jurusan teknik pertanian di Universitas Gadjah Mada cukup baik. UGM itu universitas negeri. Dosen di UGM terkenal pandai dan laboratoriumnya juga bagus. Jadi saya masuk Fakultas Pertanian di UGM. Pada tahun yang pertama saya ______________ mata kuliah ekonomi pertanian, bahasa Inggris dan teknik dasar. Untuk saya mata kuliah ekonomi pertanian ______________ sekali. Saya sangat senang ikut kuliah ilmu ekonomi pertanian. Saya juga tertarik pada kuliah bahasa Inggris. Mata kuliah bahasa Inggris sukar tetapi saya lulus dengan hasil yang baik. Pada tahun yang kedua saya mengambil mata kuliah ilmu ekonomi pertanian dan bahasa Inggris lagi. [...] ______________ tiga bulan kami harus tinggal di desa dengan keluarga petani. ______________ hari kami ______________ para petani bekerja di sawah, ______________, dan ______________ sapi, kerbau, ayam dan kambing. Kami juga membantu ______________ ha-

sil pertanian ke pasar. ______________ empat tahun belajar di UGM saya lulus dengan gelar Sarjana pada tahun

2008. Pada tahun yang pertama sesudah lulus saya tidak ______________ tetapi pada tahun kedua saya memperoleh pekerjaan pada sebuah usaha tani di dekat kota Ungaran. Sampai sekarang saya masih bekerja pada usaha tani itu tetapi saya mencari pekerjaan di Pulau Flores. Saya ingin sekali bekerja di Flores karena saya lahir di sana dan ingin membantu ______________ di pulau itu.

Lesson 70

Latihan 7—Jawab Singkat Translate the following English phrases into Indonesian. Example:

the third day = hari yang ketiga the ffteenth car = mobil yang kelima belas

1. the frst person

..................................................

2. the fourth exam

..................................................

3. the third year

..................................................

4. the ffth word

..................................................

5. the second water bufalo

..................................................

6. the eighth school

..................................................

7. the seventh week

..................................................

8. the tenth month

..................................................

9. the twenty-seventh child

..................................................

10. the one thousandth farmer

..................................................

Latihan 8—Terjemahkan Terjemahkanlah kalimat berikut: 1. “In the second year I got a job at a farm.” .................................................................................................................................... 2. “Until now I still work at that ofce.” .................................................................................................................................... 3. “I passed with a good result.” ....................................................................................................................................

Lesson 70

Latihan 9—Kosa Kata Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan. 1. katolik

a. at that time

2. bibi

b. to say something

3. teknik mesin

c. sociology

4. ekonomi pertanian

d. an aunt, Aunt (so-and-so)

5. gelar

e. agricultural engineering

6. paman

f. confused, worried, undecided

7. sarjana

g. Catholic

8. laboratorium

h. university graduate, scholar

9. tertarik (pada)

i. an expert

10. jurusan

j. an uncle, Uncle (so-and-so)

11. bingung

k. department or program

12. pada waktu itu

l. laboratory

13. ahli

m. mechanical engineering

14. sosiologi

n. interested (in)

15. mengatakan

o. agricultural economics

16. teknik pertanian

p. title

17. memilih

q. to work in the feld

18. berkebun

r. fnished, done, completed

19. membawa

s. to choose

20. selesai

t. to bring, carry

Lesson 71

71 Berapa Lama Bapak Belajar di…?

Aims • To practise asking and answering questions about education. • To practice using Bapak and Ibu to talk to a respected person about his/her education, then use kamu to talk to a close fried about their education.

Vocabulary Review Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous lessons. Make sure that you remember their meanings. banget

very, really

menjadi

to be, become

bantuan

assistance, help

menolong

to help

berapa lama

how long

miskin

poor

daerah

region, area

mudah

easy

hukum

law

nggak

no, not (informal)

kerja

to work (informal)

pancasila

Indonesian state ideology

kurang

less, not...enough

pendapat

opinion

lahir

to be born

sama

and (informal)

lumayan

not bad, quiet good

tertarik pada

interested in

memilih

to choose, to select

sih

menarik

interesting

a slangy particle that adds emphasis and colour to a question

Asking and Answering Questions about Education From talking at length about education, let’s turn now to question and answer. Study this dialogue in which a reporter conducts an interview (wawancara) with a famous lawyer. Listen to Sound File 071-01.

Lesson 71

Wawancara dengan Seorang Pengacara Bapak lahir di mana?

Saya lahir di desa Kemiri pada tahun 1975.

Tahun berapa Bapak mulai kuliah?

Saya masuk Universitas Upaya Luhur di Manado pada tahun 1994.

Berapa lama Bapak belajar di universitas itu?

Saya belajar di sana selama enam tahun.

Bapak kuliah apa di situ?

Di Universitas Upaya Luhur dulu saya kuliah hukum dan sejarah. Di samping itu saya juga belajar bahasa Perancis.

O begitu. Mengapa Bapak tertarik pada hukum?

Karena saya ingin menjadi pengacara.

Hmmm. Menurut pendapat Bapak apakah Universitas Upaya Luhur itu bagus?

Saya kira Universitas Upaya Luhur itu lumayan bagus tetapi kampusnya terlalu jauh dari kota.

Menurut pendapat Bapak kuliah hukum itu sukar?

Saya kira kuliah hukum itu sukar tetapi sama sekali tidak membosankan karena kami selalu berbicara tentang kasuskasus menarik.

Bagaimana hasil ujian Bapak dulu?

Oh, biasanya hasil ujian saya cukup baik.

Sesudah tamat kuliah Bapak bekerja di mana?

Saya pindah ke Jakarta dan menjadi pengacara di kantor LBH.

LBH? Apa itu?

LBH itu Lembaga Bantuan Hukum yang menolong orang miskin yang bermasalah.

O begitu. Di mana kantornya?

Kantornya di Jalan Kebon Jeruk Timur I, Nomor 35, Jakarta.

Now, do Latihan 2–3 to check your understanding of this dialogue. After that, use the following substitution table for more practice in asking and answering about your or your friends’ education.

Substitution Tables The questions and answers in this dialogue can be feshed out in the form of substitution tables. Substitution tables allow you to practise sentences patterns over and over, but with lots of variation. Study the pairs of substitution tables below. Practise generating questions using the frst substitution table in each pair, and generating answers from the second table in the pair. Make sure question and answer ft together sensibly. You should try to learn by heart as much of the substitution tables as you can. Try also to elaborate on them by making your own additions to key columns in each table.

Lesson 71 1. Tahun berapa

Anda

Di mana

Bapak

Tanggal berapa

Ibu

lahir

?

provinsi ___ desa ___ Saya lahir tahun sembilan belas _____

di

kota ___

_______.

pulau ___ daerah ___ 2. Sekolah Dasar Tahun berapa

Anda

mulai belajar di

SMA / SMP

Bapak

masuk

Sekolah Teknik Atas

Ibu

tamat

akademi

?

universitas UI Sekolah Dasar SMP Saya

mulai belajar di

SMA

masuk

Sekolah Teknik Atas

tamat

akademi

pada tahun ______ .

universitas UI 3. Sekolah Dasar ___ Berapa lama

Anda

belajar

Berapa tahun

Bapak

kuliah

kota ___ di

Ibu

Universitas ___

?

Fakultas ___ SMA ___ Sekolah Dasar ___

belajar Saya

kuliah

kota ___ di

tahun.

Universitas ___

selama ___

Fakultas ___

bulan. minggu.

SMU ___ 4. Anda

memilih

mata pelajaran

Ibu

mengambil

mata kuliah

Bapak

belajar

apa

?

Lesson 71 sejarah bahasa inggris ilmu ekonomi memilih Saya

teknik mesin

mengambil

mata pelajaran

matematika

belajar

mata kuliah

Pancasila

dan ____

sosiologi pertanian hukum 5. sejarah eropa bahasa jepang

Mengapa

suka

ilmu politik

Anda

memilih

teknik elektro

Bapak

mengambil

matematika

Ibu

belajar

Pancasila

tertarik pada

studi pembangunan

?

pertanian hukum sejarah Eropa

Saya

bahasa Jepang

petani

suka

ilmu politik

guru

memilih

teknik elektro

mengambil

matematika

belajar

Pancasila

ahli politik

tertarik pada

studi pembangunan

insinyur

pertanian

pegawai negeri

dosen karena saya ingin menjadi pengacara

hukum 6. Universitas ___ kota ___ Ibu Menurut pendapat

Bapak Anda

apakah

mata pelajaran ___

baik

mata kuliah ___ itu

menyenangkan

SMP ___

menarik

Fakultas ___ Sekolah Dasar ___

?

Lesson 71

Universitas ___

Saya kira

kota ___

sangat

mata pelajaran ___

cukup

baik

tidak

menyenangkan

SMP ___

kurang

menarik

Fakultas ___

lumayan

mata kuliah ___

itu

karena ___

Sekolah Dasar ___ 7. Ibu Menurut pendapat

Bapak

pelajaran ___ apakah

mudah

mata kuliah ___

Anda

itu

studi ___

sukar

?

membosankan

kuliah ___ pelajaran ___ mata pelajaran ___ Saya kira

cukup

mudah

memang

sukar

studi ___

tidak

membosankan

kuliah ___

lumayan

mata kuliah ___

itu

karena ___

8. memakai komputer masuk ___ sejarah Eropa bahasa Jepang Ibu Apakah

Anda Bapak

ilmu politik lulus ujian

teknik elektro sarjana studi pembangunan pertanian hukum mengetik

dengan hasil yang baik?

Lesson 71 memakai komputer masuk ___ sejarah Eropa bahasa Jepang ilmu politik Ya. saya lulus ujian

teknik elektro

dengan hasil yang

baik sekali.

studi pembangunan pertanian hukum mengetik memakai komputer masuk sejarah Eropa bahasa Jepang ilmu politik Tidak. Saya tidak lulus ujian

teknik elektro

karena _____

sarjana studi pembangunan pertanian hukum mengetik 9. Sesudah tamat belajar

Saya

pada tingkat SMA

Bapak bekerja di mana

di Universitas ___

Anda

menjadi apa

di Fakultas ___

Ibu

pindah ke mana

kota Jakarta.

wartawan.

provinsi Papua Barat.

pegawai negeri.

pindah ke

Departemen Pendidikan.

bekerja di

Pulau Lombok

petani.

Departemen Pertanian

sekretaris.

desa

ahli hukum.

Saya menjadi

?

Saya menjadi

karyawan toko.

wartawan.

kota Jakarta

pegawai negeri.

provinsi Irian Jaya

karyawan toko.

Departemen Pendidikan

petani.

Saya bekerja di

Pulau Lombok

sekretaris.

Departemen Pertanian

pengacara.

desa

Lesson 71

Exercise 071-01 Below you will fnd some answers. Write a question that fts with each of the answers. Don’t forget to use a pronoun meaning “you” in your question. 1. Pertanyaan:.............................................................................................................................. Jawaban: Saya bekerja di kantor Kepala Desa. 2. Pertanyaan:.............................................................................................................................. Jawaban: Ya, saya tamat dengan hasil yang cukup baik. 3. Pertanyaan: ............................................................................................................................. Jawaban: Saya kira mata kuliah sejarah itu menarik sekali. 4. Pertanyaan: ............................................................................................................................. Jawaban: Saya kira Universitas Upaya Luhur kurang bagus karena perpustakaannya jelek. 5. Pertanyaan: ............................................................................................................................. Jawaban: Saya tertarik pada studi pembangunan karena saya ingin menjadi pegawai Departemen Pertanian. 6. Pertanyaan: ............................................................................................................................. Jawaban: Saya mengambil mata kuliah sejarah dan bahasa Jepang. 7. Pertanyaan: ............................................................................................................................. Jawaban: Saya kuliah di sana selama lima tahun. 8. Pertanyaan: ............................................................................................................................. Jawaban: Saya masuk Sekolah Menengah Atas pada tahun 2001. 9. Pertanyaan: ............................................................................................................................. Jawaban: Di kota Bengkulu pada tahun 1988. 10. Pertanyaan: ............................................................................................................................. Jawaban: Ya, senang sekali.

Finding Out About Someone’s Education Interrogate your classmates or your teacher/tutor about their education. Imagine that you are talking to someone signifcantly older than yourself. Use Bapak and Ibu when you are talking to this older person. The model dialogue, substitution tables and Exercise 71-01 in this lesson give you a portfolio of resources that you can use to ask and answer questions about someone’s education. Review Lessons 67, 68, 69 and 70 will also help you frame questions and answer them. Don’t forget to listen with interest to the answers that are given to your questions. Show interest, and keep the conversation interactive, with phrases like: O begitu. (I see. Is that so.) Kalau begitu…. (If that’s the case…) Nanti dulu. (Just a moment.) Aduh! (Wow! Oh!) Maaf, boleh saya bertanya? (Sorry, can I ask you something?) Memang, saya setuju. (That’s right, I agree.) Wah… maaf, saya sama sekali tidak setuju. (Oh… sorry, I don’t agree at all.) Menarik sekali. (That’s very interesting.)

Lesson 71 Kasihan! (You poor thing!) Now Talk to Someone Closer To Your Own Age Here’s how this lesson’s model dialogue might go if the two speakers were young and close friends. Listen to Sound File 071-02 and compare it with the more formal model dialogue at the beginning of the lesson. Dian

Dian

Eka

Kamu lahir di mana?

Aku lahir di Kemiri tahun 1985.

O gitu. Tahun berapa kamu mulai kuliah?

Aku masuk Universitas Upaya Luhur di Manado tahun 2003.

Berapa lama belajar di sana?

Aku belajar di sana enam tahun.

Ambil kuliah apa waktu itu?

Di Upaya Luhur aku ambil hukum sama sejarah dan bahasa Perancis juga.

Kenapa kamu kepingin belajar hukum?

Yaaa, aku kepingin jadi pengacara.

Universitas Upaya Luhur itu gimana, sih? Bagus nggak?

Kalo menurutku sih lumayan bagus. Tapi jauh banget dari kota.

Terus, kuliah hukum itu sulit nggak?

Buat aku sih, kuliah hukum lumayan sulit tapi nggak ngebosanin, soalnya kami selalu ngobrol soal kasus-kasus menarik.

Gimana hasil ujianmu?

Ya. biasanya sih hasilnya baik.

Abis tamat kerja di mana?

Aku pindah ke Jakarta jadi pengacara di LBH.

LBH? Apaan sih?

LBH itu Lembaga Bantuan Hukum yang nolong orang miskin bermasalah.

O gitu. Kantornya di mana?

Kantornya di Jalan Kebon Jeruk Timur I, Nomor 35, Jakarta.

Eka

Do Latihan 4 to check your understanding of this informal version dialogue. Now, drawing on this dialogue for ideas, go over the substitution tables and Exercise 71-01 and change them so that that they are more informal. For example, all occurrences of Bapak, Ibu and Anda will be replaced with kamu, and all instances of saya will be replaced with aku. Verbs with a me- or ber- prefx will lose that prefx. “Apakah questions” will lose their initial apakah and will adopt a sharply rising infection. Tidak will become nggak, begitu will become gitu, and ingin will become kepingin. Informal words like mikir (think), gampang (easy), and sama (and, with) will appear. And so on. See how many changes you can make to render the substitution tables and the exercise more informal. Then repeat your efort to fnd out about someone’s education, this time imagining that you are young and talking to someone roughly the same age as yourself. Adopt a relaxed attitude as you speak.

Lesson 71

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan. banget

how long

menarik

poor

berapa lama

very (Jakarta slang)

menolong

to help

daerah

law

miskin

interested in

hukum

to choose

mudah

state philosophy

lahir

fair, reasonable

Pancasila

opinion

lumayan

region

pendapat

easy

memilih

to be born

tertarik pada

to pull, interesting

Latihan 2—Pemahaman Listen to Sound File 71-03 to answer the following questions 1. Pada umur berapa pengacara itu mulai belajar di universitas? A. 17 tahun B. 18 tahun C. 19 tahun D. 20 tahun 2. Pengacara itu kuliah… A. hukum, bahasa Prancis, sejarah B. hukum, bahasa Belanda, sejarah C. hukum, bahasa Jerman, ekonomi D. hukum, bahasa Inggris, sejarah 3. Kenapa Bapak itu mau menjadi pengacara? A. Karena gajinya besar. B. Karena ia ingin membantu orang. C. Karena ia tertarik pada hukum. D. Karena mata kuliahnya tidak membosankan. 4. Apakah, menurut pengacara itu, kuliah hukum sulit? A. Sama sekali tidak sulit karena selalu ada kasus yang menarik. B. Tidak, mata kuliah hukum mudah sekali. C. Iya, kuliah hukum sulit tetapi cukup menarik. D. Memang sulit dan juga cukup membosankan. 5. Sesudah selesai kuliah, di mana pengacara itu tinggal? A. Ia tinggal di Manado. B. Ia tinggal di Desa Kemiri C. Ia tinggal di Jakarta. D. Ia tinggal di Kebon Jeruk.

Lesson 71 6. Di mana alamat kantor LBH? A. Jalan Kebon Jeruk Timur II nomor 53 B. Jalan Kebon Jeruk I nomor 35 C. Jalan Kebon Jeruk Timur nomor 53 D. Jalan Kebon Jeruk Timur I nomor 35

Latihan 3— Isian Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat: bantuan—bermasalah—hukum— kasus-kasus—kuliah—lahir—membosankan—pengacara—selama—tamat—tertarik Bapak ___________ di mana? Saya lahir di desa Kemiri pada tahun 1975. Tahun berapa Bapak mulai kuliah? Saya masuk Universitas Upaya Luhur di Manado pada tahun 1994. Berapa lama Bapak belajar di universitas itu? Saya belajar di sana ___________ enam tahun. Bapak kuliah apa di situ? Di Universitas Upaya Luhur dulu saya kuliah ___________ dan sejarah. Di samping itu saya juga belajar bahasa Perancis. O begitu. Mengapa Bapak ___________ pada hukum? Karena saya ingin menjadi ___________. Hmmm. Menurut pendapat Bapak apakah Universitas Upaya Luhur itu bagus? Saya kira Universitas Upaya Luhur itu lumayan bagus tetapi kampusnya terlalu jauh dari kota. Menurut pendapat Bapak kuliah hukum itu sukar? Saya kira ___________ hukum itu sukar tetapi sama sekali tidak ___________ karena kami selalu berbicara tentang ___________ menarik.

Lesson 71 Bagaimana hasil ujian Bapak dulu? Oh, biasanya hasil ujian saya cukup baik. Sesudah ___________ kuliah Bapak bekerja di mana? Saya pindah ke Jakarta dan menjadi pengacara di kantor LBH. LBH? Apa itu? LBH itu Lembaga ___________ Hukum yang menolong orang miskin yang ___________. O begitu. Di mana kantornya? Kantornya di Jalan ___________

Latihan 4—Isian: Informal Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat: abis—ambil—kepingin—lahir— ngebosanin—nolong—O gitu—sih—soal—soalnya Kamu __________ di mana?

Aku lahir di Kemiri tahun 1985.

O gitu. Tahun berapa kamu mulai kuliah?

Aku masuk Universitas Upaya Luhur di Manado tahun 2003.

Berapa lama belajar di sana?

Aku belajar di sana enam tahun.

__________ kuliah apa waktu itu?

Di Upaya Luhur aku ambil hukum sama sejarah dan bahasa Prancis juga.

O gitu. Kenapa kamu __________ belajar hukum?

Yaaa, aku kepingin jadi pengacara.

__________. Universitas Upaya Luhur itu gimana, sih? Bagus nggak?

Kalo menurutku sih lumayan bagus. Tapi jauh banget dari kota.

Gimana hasil ujianmu?

Ya. biasanya sih hasilnya baik.

__________ tamat kerja di mana?

Aku pindah ke Jakarta jadi pengacara di LBH.

LBH? Apaan __________?

LBH itu Lembaga Bantuan Hukum yang __________ orang miskin bermasalah.

Lesson 71 O gitu. Kantornya di mana?

Di Jalan ____________

Latihan 5—Formal dan Informal Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan ragam informalnya di sebelah kanan. 1. memilih

a. ngobrol

2. bekerja

b. mikir

3. lalu

c. buat

4. menjadi

d. soal

5. karena

e. sama

6. berpikir

f. nolong

7. membosankan

g. gampang

8. untuk

h. ngebosanin

9. obrol

i. terus

10. menolong

j. soalnya

11. dan

k. jadi

12. tentang

l. milih

13. mudah

m. kerja

Latihan 6—Kosa Kata Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan. 1. bantuan

a. lawyer

2. kasus

b. to choose

3. bermasalah

c. to become, to be

4. pengacara

d. assistance

5. studi pembangunan

e. boring

6. teknik elektro

f. to have a problem

7. memilih

g. electrical engineering

8. membosankan

h. to help

9. menolong

i. case

10. menjadi

j. development studies

Lesson 71

Latihan 7—Rangkai Kata Urutkan kata-kata berikut menjadi kalimat yang baik sesuai dengan arti berikut: 1. “Why do you take a course in law?” Mengapa—mata—kuliah—Bapak—mengambil—hukum? 2. “In your opinion, is history an interesting subject?” Menurut—sejarah—pelajaran—Anda,—apakah—pendapat—menarik? 3. “I moved to Jakarta to become a lawyer at the legal aid ofce.” Aku pindah—pengacara—Jakarta—menjadi—ke—di—LBH.

Latihan 8—Teka Teki Silang (TTS) Mendatar: 1. informal for mudah 4. informal for bercakapcakap 6. informal for dan 10. informal for membosankan 11. informal for menjadi 12. informal for lalu Menurun: 2. informal for memilih 3. informal for menolong 5. informal for untuk 6. informal for karena 7. informal for tentang 8. informal for bekerja 9. informal for berpikir

Lesson 72

72 “Selamat Datang Bapak Presiden”

Aims • To provide the vocabulary, a model narrative, sentences shells and examples of question/answer interaction that will enable you to talk about education. • To practice using Bapak and Ibu to talk to a respected person about his/her education and career.

Vocabulary Review Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous lessons. Make sure that you remember their meanings. berita

news

mengurus

to take care of

berkunjung

to visit

minta tolong

to ask for help

daerah

region

miskin

poor

dulu

in the past

muda

young

kemudian

then

paman

uncle

lain

others

pernah

ever

majalah

magazine, journal

teknik sipil

civil engineering

membangun

to build

terkenal

famous, popular

Sudah Pernah and Belum Pernah Sudah pernah and belum pernah are very common phrases, but they are not all that easy to use idiomatically. Basically pernah adds a dimension of emphasis to sudah or belum, and narrows their meanings a little. Savour the diference between these two English sentences. Have you studied French? Have you ever studied French? The frst sentence feels like a mild, rather general, inquiry that almost seems to invite more than just a yes/no answer, whereas the second sentence seems to be asking much more bluntly: “Have you AT ANY TIME IN THE PAST ever studied French: YES or NO?” Sudah pernah (and its negative counterpart belum pernah) add an edge of emphasis and specifc focus like the second sentence above. They help to form emphatic statements or ask

Lesson 72 straightforward questions, about what you have or haven’t done, or about what has or hasn’t happened. Ibu Zainab sudah pernah berkunjung ke Sumatra. Mrs Zainab has made a visit to Sumatra. Saya sudah pernah belajar bahasa Arab, tetapi dulu. I have studied Arabic, but some time back. Saya belum pernah minum bir Indonesia. I have never ever drunk Indonesian beer. Dia belum pernah bekerja pada malam hari. She has never worked at night. Apakah dia sudah pernah minta tolong pada pamannya? Has he ever asked his uncle for help? Apakah Ibu sudah pernah ke luar negeri? Have you ever been overseas? The sudah is often dropped from the phrase sudah pernah, especially if there is another marker of pastness in the sentence, like dulu, for example. Dulu Ibu Zainab pernah berkunjung ke Sumatera. Mrs Zainab once went for a visit to Sumatra. Saya pernah belajar bahasa Arab, tetapi dulu. I have studied Arabic, but some time back. Apakah dia pernah minta tolong pada pamannya? Has he ever asked his uncle for help? Apakah Ibu pernah ke luar negeri? Have you ever been overseas? When sudah accompanies pernah in a question, the question is answered either with sudah pernah (in colloquial speech often abbreviated to pernah) or belum pernah, or, more simply, sudah or belum. Apakah Bapak sudah pernah belajar mengetik? Have you ever studied how to type? Sudah. Belum. Yes, I have.No, I haven’t Apakah Ibu sudah pernah bekerja pada hari Sabtu atau hari Minggu? Have you ever worked on a Saturday or Sunday? Sudah pernah. Belum pernah. Yes, I have.No, I haven’t

Exercise 72-01 Answer each of these questions either in the afrmative or in the negative by choosing either sudah or belum. Then add a follow-up sentence beginning with Tetapi and containing sudah pernah o r belum pernah. Refer to yourself as saya irrespective of whether the question addresses you as Anda, Bapak or Ibu. Study the examples frst. Apakah Ibu sudah pernah belajar mengurus kantor? Sudah / Belum. Tetapi saya sudah pernah belajar mengetik.

Lesson 72 Apakah Bapak sudah pernah bekerja di pabrik mobil? Sudah / Belum. Tetapi saya belum pernah bekerja di pabrik pakaian. 1. Apakah Anda sudah pernah bekerja pada malam hari? Sudah / Belum. Tetapi .... 2. Apakah Ibu sudah pernah memakai komputer? Sudah / Belum. Tetapi .... 3. Apakah Bapak sudah pernah memperbaiki mobil yang rusak? Sudah / Belum. Tetapi .... 4. Apakah Bapak sudah pernah membangun rumah? Sudah / Belum. Tetapi .... 5. Apakah Anda sudah pernah bekerja di kampung? Sudah / Belum. Tetapi .... 6. Apakah Ibu sudah pernah mengajar di sekolah dasar? Sudah / Belum. Tetapi .... 7. Apakah Bapak sudah pernah mengambil mata kuliah teknik sipil? Sudah / Belum. Tetapi .... 8. Sebelum pindah ke sini apakah Anda sudah pernah belajar di perguruan tinggi? Sudah / Belum. Tetapi .... 9. Apakah Bapak sudah pernah bekerja sebagai insinyur? Sudah / Belum. Tetapi .... 10.Apakah Anda sudah pernah menulis untuk surat kabar? Sudah / Belum. Tetapi ....

Wawancara dengan Ahmad Tohari Ahmad Tohari is a well known Indonesian writer. His book Ronggeng Dukuh Paruk was translated under the title “The Dancer” by René T.A. Lyslof (Jakarta : Lontar Foundation, 2003). The following is not a real interview with Ahmad Tohari. Listen to Sound File 072-01. Bu Nia (wartawan)

Ahmad Tohari

Pak Ahmad lahirnya kapan?

Saya lahir tanggal 13 Juni 1948.

Di mana Bapak lahir?

Saya lahir di desa Tinggarjaya di daerah Banyumas di provinsi Jawa Tengah.

Hmmm. Lalu... bagaimana pendidikan Bapak? Di mana Bapak belajar?

Saya masuk sekolah dasar di desa Tinggarjaya. Kemudian saya belajar di SMP dan SMA di kota Purwokerto.

Apakah Bapak pernah kuliah di perguruan tinggi?

Pernah. Saya masuk Fakultas Ekonomi Universitas Jenderal Sudirman di Purwokerto.

Bagaimana hasil studi Bapak? Baik?

O tidak! Saya tidak lulus!

O begitu. Lalu... katanya Bapak juga pernah belajar di Jakarta. Apakah itu betul?

Memang. Saya pernah belajar di Fakultas Kedokteran Universitas Ibnu Khaldun di Jakarta tetapi di sana juga saya tidak berhasil.

Bu Nia

Ahmad Tohari

Lesson 72 Katanya Bapak juga pernah belajar di Amerika Serikat.

Betul. Pada tahun 1990 saya belajar selama satu tahun di Universitas Iowa di Amerika Serikat.

Tahun berapa Bapak mulai menulis?

Saya mulai menulis pada tahun 1978. Sampai sekarang saya sudah menulis tujuh novel.

Banyak sekali! Katanya novel-novel Bapak cukup terkenal.

Ya, katanya. Tetapi sampai sekarang saya masih miskin.

Ha ha ha! Bapak menulis novel tentang apa?

Saya menulis tentang kehidupan orang desa di Pulau Jawa. Misalnya dalam novel saya Ronggeng Dukuh Paruk saya menulis tentang seorang perempuan muda yang menjadi penari yang terkenal di desanya.

Di samping novel itu apakah ada buku Bapak yang lain yang terkenal?

Ada. Saya kira novel saya Lintang Kemukus Dinihari cukup terkenal.

O ya. Saya juga pernah membaca novel itu, Pak. Menarik sekali.

Terima kasih.

Di mana Bapak bekerja sekarang?

Dulu saya pernah menjadi wartawan untuk majalah Amanah di Jakarta, tetapi sekarang saya mengurus sekolah Islam di desa saya.

Tahun berapa Bapak mulai bekerja di majalah Amanah?

Tahun 1986. Sebelum itu saya menjadi wartawan di surat kabar Merdeka, juga di Jakarta.

Apakah Bapak masih menulis novel?

Tentu saja, masih. Saya lebih suka menulis novel daripada menulis berita.

Hmmm, menarik sekali. Apakah Bapak sudah kawin?

Sudah. Nama istri saya Syamsiyah. Dulu dia seorang guru sekolah dasar.

Sekarang Bapak tinggal di mana?

Saya masih tinggal di desa Tinggarjaya tidak jauh dari kota Purwokerto di Jawa Tengah. Saya lebih senang tinggal di desa daripada di kota besar tetapi kantor saya di Jakarta.

Pak Ahmad, saya kira sudah cukup. Terima kasih, Pak.

Terima kasih kembali.

After having listening to the sound fle and reading the transcription, do Latihan 4 and 5 to check your understanding of this interview. Now try to reproduce this interview. You don’t need to learn the interview by heart or reproduce it exactly. But it would be helpful to lift words and phrases from it where you can remember them. Basically, though, you should reproduce in your own words the main motifs of the interview.

Lesson 72 These include: • place and date of birth • education (primary school, secondary school and university) • details of career • details about family and current activities To fesh out your interview and make it more authentic go to the internet to fnd more information about Ahmad Tohari, both in English, and in Indonesian-language web sites. Repeat the interview several times, striving for more authentic detail, better correctness and greater smoothness each time you repeat it.

Role Play: Interviewing President Obama Imagine that you are taking part in a television interview between an Indonesian-speaking reporter (wartawan) and President Obama of the United Sates (Presiden Obama dari Amerika Serikat). As a boy President Obama spent four years living in Indonesia. He attended Sekolah Dasar Menteng 01 and today still speaks some Indonesian. Focus especially (but not exclusively) on questions about the president’s youth, education and career prior to becoming president. Prepare very carefully by researching the president’s life story. Ransack the model interview earlier in this lesson and review other material in this lesson and in previous ones. Prepare a script or cue cards if necessary, although you should always strive not to rely on them. Extract as much life (especially humour) as you can from the role play. Dress up, or at the very least, adopt some of the mannerisms of the president and of glitzy TV interviewers. Address “President Obama” respectfully as Bapak Presiden. Don’t be afraid to ask the president “hard questions” provided you frame them in simple but good Indonesian, and provided “the president” can answer them coherently in simple but good Indonesian. Above all take scrupulous care to ensure that your Indonesian is authentic and correct. Your interview might begin something like this: Selamat datang Bapak Presiden. Apa kabar? Presiden Obama: Baik-baik saja. Saya senang sekali dapat bertemu dengan Anda. Terima kasih. Bapak Presiden lahir pada tahun berapa? When you feel you have mastered the role play well, consider interviewing other “celebrities” who (for the purposes of the role play) have miraculously acquired fuency in Indonesian that matches yours. Your celebrity could be: • seorang perdana menteri atau seorang presiden • seorang bintang flm atau seorang bintang drama televisi • seorang bintang musik rock yang sering menyanyi di televisi / radio • seorang bintang olahraga • seorang bangsawan Perhaps a member of your class could be interviewed as a “celebrity” on a more modest scale.

Lesson 72

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan. berita

ever

majalah

young

berkunjung

then

membangun

to ask for help

daerah

uncle

mengurus

poor

dulu

other

minta tolong

famous

kemudian

news

miskin

magazine, journal

lain

region

muda

civil engineering

paman

to visit

teknik sipil

to build

pernah

a long time ago, in the past

terkenal

to take care of, organise

Latihan 2—Menyimak Jodohkan Rekaman 072-02 dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan. 1.

a. Have you ever been overseas?

2.

b. Have you ever studied with him?

3.

c. Have you ever asked your professor for assistance?

4.

d. I have never drunk beer.

5.

e. I have been to his house but a long time ago.

6.

f. She has learnt how to type.

7.

g. She has never eaten spicy food.

8.

h. She has never visited her younger sister.

Latihan 3—Jawaban Singkat: Kalimat Tanya Make an interrogative sentence of the type “Have you ever...” based on the statement provided. Statement 1. Ibu berjalan-jalan ke Tokyo. 2. Toni bekerja pada malam hari. 3. Bapak Haryanto belajar memperbaiki mobil. 4. Kartika berbelanja di pasar dekat rumahnya.

Question Apakah Ibu pernah berjalan-jalan ke Tokyo?

Lesson 72 5. Ibu Tuti mengajar di sekolah menengah pertama. 6. Ria menulis untuk surat kabar.

Latihan 4—Pemahaman Jawablah pertanyaan-pertanyaan berikut sesuai dengan bacaan “Wawancara”. 1. In what year was Mr. Tohari born? Answer the question by writing down the year in Indonesian. .................................................................................................................................... 2. Where did he attend primary school? A. Purwokerto B. Jakarta C. Yogyakarta D. Tinggarjaya 3. Mr. Tohari used to study at the School of Economics of Universitas Ibnu Khaldun. A. True B. False 4. Mr. Tohari enrolled in the College of Medicine when he studied in the US. A. True B. False 5. When did he start writing? Answer the question by writing down the year in Indonesian. .................................................................................................................................... 6. What is Mr. Tohari's current position? A. He is a correspondent for a newspaper in Jakarta. B. He is a journalist for Amanah magazine. C. He is taking care of his Islamic school in Tinggarjaya village. D. He is working as a public relations agent for an Islamic school. 7. Mr. Tohari prefers to be a news writer rather than a novelist. A. True B. False 8. Where does Mr. Tohari live now? A. Purwokerto B. Iowa C. Tinggarjaya D. Jakarta 9. His wife was a primary school teacher. A. True B. False

Lesson 72

Latihan 5—Isian Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat: berhasil—betul—cukup—daerah— daripada—desa—hasil—istri—kapan—kemudian—kuliah—lulus—masih—menarik— menjadi—menulis—mulai—pendidikan—pernah—selama—tahun berapa—tentang—terima kasih kembali—tinggal Pak Ahmad lahirnya __________? Saya lahir tanggal 13 Juni 1948. Di mana Bapak lahir? Saya lahir di desa Tinggarjaya di __________ Banyumas di provinsi Jawa Tengah. Hmmm. Lalu... bagaimana __________ Bapak? Di mana Bapak belajar? Saya masuk sekolah dasar di desa Tinggarjaya. __________ saya belajar di SMP dan SMA di kota Purwokerto. Apakah Bapak pernah __________ di perguruan tinggi? Pernah. Saya masuk Fakultas Ekonomi Universitas Jenderal Sudirman di Purwokerto. Bagaimana __________ studi Bapak? Baik? O tidak! Saya tidak __________! O begitu. Lalu... katanya Bapak juga pernah belajar di Jakarta. Apakah itu __________? Memang. Saya __________ belajar di Fakultas Kedokteran Universitas Ibnu Khaldun di Jakarta tetapi di sana juga saya tidak _________. Katanya Bapak juga pernah belajar di Amerika Serikat. Betul. Pada tahun 1990 saya belajar __________ satu tahun di Universitas Iowa di Amerika Serikat. __________ Bapak mulai menulis? Saya mulai menulis pada tahun 1978. Sampai sekarang saya sudah __________ tujuh novel. Banyak sekali! Katanya novel-novel Bapak __________ terkenal.

Lesson 72 Ya, katanya. Tetapi sampai sekarang saya masih miskin. Ha ha ha! Bapak menulis novel __________ apa? Saya menulis tentang kehidupan orang desa di Pulau Jawa. Misalnya dalam novel saya Ronggeng Dukuh Paruk saya menulis tentang seorang perempuan muda yang __________ penari yang terkenal di desanya. Di samping novel itu apakah ada buku Bapak yang lain yang terkenal? Ada. Saya kira novel saya Lintang Kemukus Dinihari cukup terkenal. O ya. Saya juga pernah membaca novel itu, Pak. __________ sekali. Terima kasih. Di mana Bapak bekerja sekarang? Dulu saya pernah menjadi wartawan untuk majalah Amanah di Jakarta, tetapi sekarang saya mengurus sekolah Islam di desa saya. Tahun berapa Bapak __________ bekerja di majalah Amanah? Tahun 1986. Sebelum itu saya menjadi wartawan di surat kabar Merdeka, juga di Jakarta. Apakah Bapak __________ menulis novel? Tentu saja, masih. Saya lebih suka menulis novel __________ menulis berita. Hmmm, menarik sekali. Apakah Bapak sudah kawin? Sudah. Nama __________ saya Syamsiyah. Dulu dia seorang guru sekolah dasar. Sekarang Bapak __________ di mana? Saya masih tinggal di desa Tinggarjaya tidak jauh dari kota Purwokerto di Jawa Tengah. Saya lebih senang tinggal di __________ daripada di kota besar tetapi kantor saya di Jakarta. Pak Ahmad, saya kira sudah cukup. Terima kasih, Pak. ___________. __________.

Lesson 72

Latihan 6—Rangkai Kata Urutkan kata-kata di bawah ini menjadi kalimat yang benar sesuai dengan arti: 1. “He has never read any novels in Indonesian.” Dia—novel—berbahasa—pernah—membaca—belum —Indonesia. 2. “He has written a news report about the environment.” Dia—menulis—pernah—tentang—berita—sudah—lingkungan. 3. “Have you ever built a house in a village?” Apakah—kamu—di—rumah—pernah—membangun—desa? 4. “So far I have never been to Japan.” Sampai—sekarang—pernah—belum—saya—pergi—ke—Jepang. 5. “I think she has never learnt to swim.” Saya—pernah—kira—belajar—dia—belum—berenang.

Latihan 7—Pilihan Ganda: Kosa Kata Pilihlah jawaban yang benar. 1. Ahmad Tohari menulis novel Ronggeng Dukuh Paruk, sebuah novel tentang _______ terkenal. A. bintang B. penari C. buku D. bahasa 2. Semua orang tahu Nicole Kidman, ______ flm Hollywood yang sangat cantik. A. sekarang B. penari C. bintang D. pernah 3. ______ ______ saya tidak tahu siapa yang menulis novel itu. A. Belum pernah B. Sudah pernah C. Sampai sekarang D. Sampai jumpa 4. Apa kamu ______ ______ berkunjung ke Dunia Fantasi di Jakarta? A. sampai sekarang B. sampai pernah C. sekarang pernah D. sudah pernah 5. Saya ______ ______ berenang di laut. Saya ingin mencobanya. A. sudah pernah B. belum pernah C. sampai sekarang D. belum sekarang

Lesson 72

Latihan 8—Teka Teki Silang (TTS) Mendatar: 2. a novel 3. to use 7. to visit 8. to study 9. to teach 13. a newspaper 14. to build 15. a star 16. have been; once; already; ever 17. a dancer 18. to read Menurun: 1. famous 4. to type 5. to work 6. in the past, a long time ago 8. not yet 10. to write 11. a reporter 12. a magazine, journal

Lesson 73

73 Keterampilan Kerja

Aims • To review and practise using the names of occupations and professions • To practise talking about capabilities and work skills using adverbs and auxiliary verbs.

Vocabulary Review Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous lessons. Make sure that you remember their meanings. berapa kali

how many times

menyanyi

to sing a song

bidang

field of study

pemain

player

cepat

fast, quick

pembantu

assistant, maid

cuaca

weather

penari

dancer

gaji

salary

peneliti

researcher

hati-hati

to be careful

pengusaha

businessman/woman

keras

hard

rajin

diligent

keterampilan

skill

sudah pernah

have ever

mebel

furniture

tahun berapa

in what year

mengurus

to take care of

tamu

guest

The Prefixes pe- and peNA word that consists of the prefix pe- or peN- attached to a base-word can mean “a person who does the action expressed in the base word”. For instance a person who reads (membaca) is a reader (pembaca), a person who smokes (merokok) is a smoker (perokok), and a person who works in the fields (bertani) is a farmer (petani). Many of these derived words describe occupations or categories of workers. Here are some more examples. As we have seen above, pe- nouns are based on ber- verbs whereas peN- nouns are based on meN- verbs. The latter assimilates the prefix to the base-word in the same way that the meprefix assimilates to a base-word, namely by a nasal which is either m, n, ng, ny, or Ø. The symbol Ø indicates that there is no nasal because the root word begins with l, m, n, r, w, ny, ng, and y.

Lesson 73 1. pe- nouns Base

+ ber-

Meaning

+ pe-

Meaning

ajar

belajar

to learn

pelajar

a learner

dagang

berdagang

to trade, deal

pedagang

a trader, a dealer

main

bermain

to play

pemain

a player

tani

bertani

to farm

petani

a farmer

tugas

bertugas

to carry out a task

petugas

clerk, officer

Base

+ meN-

Meaning

+ peN-

Meaning

ajar

mengajar

to teach

pengajar

a teacher

bantu

membantu

to assist

pembantu

assistent

beli

membeli

to buy

pembeli

buyer

jual

menjual

to sell

penjual

vendor, salesperson

kelola

mengelola

to manage

pengelola

manager

latih

melatih

to practice

pelatih

a sports coach

layan

melayani

to serve

pelayan

a waiter/waitress

nyanyi

menyanyi

to sing

penyanyi

a singer

pimpin

memimpin

to lead

pemimpin

a leader

tari

menari

to dance

penari

a dancer

teliti

meneliti

to research

peneliti

a researcher

tulis

menulis

to write

penulis

writer

usaha

mengusahaka n

to endeavor

pengusaha

an entrepreneur

2. peN- nouns

Now check your understanding of these prefixes by doing Latihan 3.

Lesson 73

The Diverse World of Work Many workers have already passed through the pages of this course. Here is a list of their occupations. Check that you remember what each of these terms means. ahli filsafat

akuntan

bupati

detektif

dokter

dokter gigi

dosen

guru

ibu kos

ibu rumah tangga

insinyur

karyawan toko

kepala desa

kepala sekolah

mahasiswa

montir

pegawai kantor

pelayan

pemain olahraga

pembantu

pengusaha

perwira

petani

polisi

sekretaris

seniman

sopir

tentara

tukang kayu

wartawan

It is possible to conjure up terms for certain occupations that haven’t yet appeared in The Indonesian Way. You can do this by combining two or more of the words you already know. Thus ahli (an expert) combines with keuangan (finance) to produce ahli keuangan (an expert on financial matters, a financial adviser). Here are more examples of this. (You may be able to add more occupations to this list.) AHLI ahli bahasa ahli cuaca ahli hukum ahli ilmu ekonomi ahli ilmu kimia ahli ilmu politik ahli keuangan ahli komputer ahli matematika ahli pertanian ahli sastra ahli sejarah ahli teknik mesin DOSEN dosen matematika dosen sosiologi dosen ilmu ekonomi dosen bahasa Inggris GURU guru bahasa Indonesia / Prancis, etc. guru ilmu pengetahuan

PEMAIN pemain bola voli pemain bulu tangkis / badminton pemain film pemain sepak bola pemain tenis pemain musik PENGUSAHA pengusaha restoran / rumah makan pengusaha toko roti pengusaha mobil pengusaha komputer pengusaha barang elektronik TUKANG tukang becak tukang kayu tukang kebun tukang listrik tukang masak SOPIR sopir bemo sopir bus

Lesson 73 guru sekolah dasar guru sekolah menengah PEGAWAI pegawai kantor imigrasi pegawai kantor sensus pegawai negeri pegawai pemerintah pegawai perpustakaan SEKRETARIS sekretaris gedung apartemen sekretaris kantor sekretaris perusahaan pakaian sekretaris organisasi guru sekolah

sopir mobil sopir taksi sopir truk sopir angkot KARYAWAN karyawan bank karyawan biro pariwisata karyawan hotel karyawan laboratorium karyawan museum karyawan pabrik karyawan pasar swalayan karyawan toko buku

You can talk in more general terms about the work that you – or someone else – can do, or would like to do. For example you can talk about where. Jepang / Prancis etc. kantor pemerintah sekolah menengah stasiun televisi taman nasional warung kopi perusahaan komputer toko pakaian laboratorium Mereka

pabrik mobil

Saya

ingin bekerja di

usaha tani

Bapak Sunarto

bekerja di

rumah sakit

Ibu Smith

universitas surat kabar majalah berita kebun buah kebun kopi sawah hutan luar negeri

Lesson 73 You can also talk about the particular field (bidang) you work in, or would like to work in. hukum olahraga pembangunan ilmu pengetahuan Mereka

komputer

Saya

ingin bekerja di bidang

kedokteran

Bapak Sunarto

bekerja di bidang

pendidikan

Ibu Smith

teknik pertanian bisnis pariwisata

You can even talk about some of the vocational skills you possess, or would like to possess. memperbaiki mesin mobil Saya dapat

menulis untuk surat kabar

Saya sudah cukup pandai

menjual HP dan komputer

Saya ingin menjadi orang yang pandai

bermain sepak bola

Saya ingin belajar

menyanyikan lagu pop membuat mebel

Talking About Work Skills with Auxiliary Verbs and Adverbs You have already met and used auxiliary verbs that can help you talk about general capabilities and work skills. Among these are bisa and dapat. You can also “fine tune” information about skills by using adverbial phrases. In English, if you are discussing people’s capabilities you might use adverbs like “quickly”, “carefully”, “conscientiously” and so on. You will notice that these three words are derived from the adjectives “quick”, “careful” and “conscientious” with an “-ly” ending added. You can do a roughly similar thing with certain adjectives in Indonesian. The word dengan before these adjectives turns them into adverbs, more or less as “-ly” turns an adjective into an adverb in English. Adjective

Adverb

Adjective

Adverb

cepat quick

dengan cepat quickly

hati-hati careful

dengan hati-hati carefully

rajin conscientious

dengan rajin conscientiously

baik good

dengan baik well

Lesson 73 Usually adverbs with dengan appear after a verb, towards the end of a sentence. Here are some examples of sentences using auxiliary verbs and adverbs. Saya bisa mengetik dengan cepat. I can type quickly. Dia bermain dengan hati-hati. He is playing cautiously. Bapak Hadi dapat mengajar dengan baik. Mr Hadi can teach competently. Bapak Wibowo tidak bisa mengurus kantor dengan baik. Mr Wibowo can’t run an office efficiently. To this small armoury of resources you can add the following helper words sudah pandai sudah biasa sudah berani

(to have learned to do something well, to be good at) (to be used to doing something) (to have the confidence now to do a certain thing)

Each of these has negative transformations. belum pandai tidak pandai

(to have not yet mastered a certain skill) (to be no good at doing a certain thing)

belum biasa tidak biasa

(to still feel uncomfortable about doing a certain thing) (to not normally do a certain thing, to not be in the habit of…)

belum berani

(to still lack the confidence to do a certain thing) (to decline/refuse to do something because you feel you don’t have the skills or you don’t have what it takes)

tidak berani

Study how these terms can be used in these model sentences. Saya sudah biasa bekerja pada hari Minggu. I’m used to working on Sundays Mereka belum pandai memakai komputer. They’re no good at using computers yet. Saya belum berani mengajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah. I don’t feel ready yet to teach at the secondary school level. Dulu Pak Imran belum pandai memakai traktor tetapi sekarang dia sudah pandai. Mr Imran used to lack the skills to drive a tractor, but now he is good at it. Dulu saya tidak biasa bekerja di restoran, tetapi sekarang saya sudah biasa. In the old days I wasn’t used to working in restaurants, but now I’m quite used to it. Apakah Anda berani bekerja jauh di gunung? Have you got what it takes to work way up in the mountains? Let’s sum up the resources you now have to talk about capabilities and accomplishments. dapat bisa pandai biasa

belum dapat belum bisa belum pandai belum biasa

tidak dapat tidak bisa tidak pandai tidak biasa

Lesson 73 berani dengan baik

belum berani dengan rajin

tidak berani

dengan cepat

dengan hati-hati

Awas!! There is a very common idiomatic exception to the dengan + adjective pattern given above, and that relates to use of the adjective keras. Basically keras means “hard” in the sense “not soft”. But like the word “hard” in English, keras can be used as an adverb with the meaning “energetically” or “vigorously”. When keras is used in this way it is not usually preceded by dengan. So there are the following idiomatic expressions which you should learn by heart. bekerja keras to work hard

belajar keras to study hard

berusaha keras to try hard

Mau menjadi pengusaha kaya? Anda harus bekerja keras! Do you want to be a rich businessman? You’ve got to work hard! Dia lulus ujiannya bukan karena pandai tetapi karena dia belajar keras. She passed her exam not because she’s smart, but because she studied hard. Karena dia berusaha keras akhirnya dia berhasil. Because she tried hard, eventually she was successful.

Exercise 73-01 As far back as Module 1 you practised responding to questions with an “echo answer”, that is saying “yes” or “no” to a question by echoing a key word in it. In this exercise, translate each sentence into good English, including the echo answer. Make sure your translations of the echo answers are in appropriate and idiomatic English. Here are two examples to get you going. Apakah Bapak sudah berani mengurus toko yang besar dan ramai? — Sudah. Do you have the confidence to run a big and busy shop? — Yes, I do. Apakah Ibu sudah biasa bekerja dengan orang asing? — Wah, maaf, belum. Are you used to working with foreigners? — Oh, sorry, no I’m not. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Apakah Bapak dapat membuat meja, kursi dan lemari dari kayu jati? — Dapat. Apakah Bapak sudah pandai memelihara ayam? — Sudah. Apakah Bapak bisa masuk sebelum jam enam pagi? — Wah, maaf, tidak bisa. Apakah Anda sudah biasa bekerja pada malam hari? — Sudah. Biasa sekali. Apakah Ibu mau menjual rokok dan minuman keras? — Mau. Apakah Anda sudah berani memperbaiki komputer Macintosh? — Wah... belum berani. Apakah Ibu sudah pandai berbahasa Inggris? — Sudah... sudah cukup pandai. Apakah Anda suka bekerja keras? — Suka, tentu saja suka. Apakah Ibu sudah biasa mengajar anak-anak tingkat SMA? — Belum. Gaji saya kecil, Pak. Bisa lebih besar? — Maaf, tidak bisa.

Lesson 73

Quizzing Someone About Their Work Experience and Skills With a fellow student, or your teacher/tutor, exchange details about work skills and experience. Before you begin, carefully review the material in this lesson — the names of occupations, the substitution tables that help you talk about vocational skills, the auxiliary words and adverbs you can use, and the “echo answers” you can use in responses to questions. Many – perhaps most – of your sentences will have the verb bekerja in them but there are many other verbs you can use to talk in more specific terms about work skills and experience. Here are some of them. (Some vocabulary items are new. Check the vocabulary list if you don’t know their meanings.) berbahasa ____, berbicara, berdagang, berkebun, bermain, melakukan, memakai, membangun, membantu, membuat, memelihara, memperbaiki, mempunyai, menanam, mendidik, mengajar, mengatur, mengetik, mengurus, menjadi, menjual, menulis, menyanyi, menyanyikan

 To ask about work skills choose from among questions like these Anda

sudah dapat

melakukan pekerjaan apa?

sudah pandai

apa?

sudah bisa

bekerja di bidang apa?

Anda mempunyai ketrampilan apa? dapat _____ sudah pandai _____ Apakah Anda (juga)

pandai _____ sudah biasa _____ berani _____

 To ask about work experience choose from among questions like these Bagaimana pengalaman kerja Anda? menjadi apa? Anda

pernah

bekerja di bidang apa?

sudah pernah

bekerja di bidang mana? bekerja sebagai apa? bekerja di ___ bekerja di bidang ___

Apakah Anda

pernah

menjadi ___

sudah pernah

bekerja sebagai ___ mencari pekerjaan sebagai ___

Lesson 73 tahun Berapa

lama

di ___ Anda bekerja

sebagai ___

kali

di bidang ___ bekerja di ___

Apakah Anda sudah biasa

bekerja pada ___ dalam bidang ___

Tahun berapa Anda

menjadi bekerja di

Dulu Pada waktu itu

Anda bekerja di mana?

Waktu Anda tinggal di ___

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan. berapa kali

fast, quick

menyanyi

assistant, maid

bidang

field of study

pemain

businessman/woman

cepat

furniture

pembantu

dancer

cuaca

hard

penari

diligent

gaji

how many times

peneliti

guest

hati-hati

salary

pengusaha

have ever

keras

skill

rajin

in what year

keterampilan

to be careful

sudah pernah

player

mebel

to take care of

tahun berapa

researcher

mengurus

weather

tamu

to sing a song

Latihan 2—Tata Bahasa Change the following base words into words with prefix pe- or peN-. Pay attention to the ber- and meN- verbs provided for your consideration. 1. dagang → orang yang berdagang

...........................................................

2. kerja → orang yang bekerja

...........................................................

3. latih → orang yang melatih

...........................................................

Lesson 73 4. pimpin → orang yang memimpin

...........................................................

5. ajar → orang yang mengajar

...........................................................

6. ajar → orang yang belajar

...........................................................

7. kelola → orang yang mengelola

...........................................................

8. jual → orang yang menjual

...........................................................

9. tulis → orang yang menulis

...........................................................

10. nyanyi → orang yang menyanyi

...........................................................

11. tugas → orang yang bertugas

...........................................................

12. renang → orang yang berenang

...........................................................

Latihan 3—Bermacam-macam Pekerjaan Jodohkan pekerjaan di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan. 1. montir

a. farmer

2. kepala desa

b. teacher

3. guru

c. university student

4. petani

d. mechanic

5. dokter gigi

e. waiter/waitress

6. mahasiswa

f. engineer

7. pelayan

g. journalist

8. wartawan

h. village head

9. insinyur

i. dentist

Latihan 4—Kata Majemuk Match the words in the two columns in such a way that they result in a new compound (kata majemuk). 1. ahli

a. dasar

2. bahasa

b. hukum

3. sekolah

c. Jepang

4. taman

d. negeri

5. pegawai

e. nasional

6. rumah

f. kabar

7. surat

g. sakit

Lesson 73 8. tukang

h. truk

9. supir

i. becak

Latihan 5—Isian Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat: belum pandai—berani mengajar— dapat melayani—dapat membuat—dengan cepat—dengan hati-hati—sudah biasa 1. Dia bermain __________. 2. Saya __________ bekerja pada hari Minggu. 3. Mereka __________ memakai komputer. 4. Apa Anda sudah __________ di universitas? 5. Para pelayan itu sudah __________ tamu dengan baik. 6. Apakah Bapak __________ meja, kursi dan lemari dari kayu jati? 7. Kartika bisa mengetik __________.

Latihan 6—Rangkai Kata Urutkanlah kata-kata di bawah ini menjadi kalimat yang benar sesuai dengan arti di bawah ini: 1. “I’m used to working on Sundays.” Saya—bekerja—biasa—pada—sudah—hari—Minggu. 2. “I am not confident yet to teach at the secondary school level.” Saya—pada—mengajar—tingka—sekolah—berani—belum—menengah. 3. “Because she tried hard, eventually she was successful.” Karena—keras,—dia—akhirnya—berusaha—dia—berhasil. 4. “Have you ever been working as a soldier or a police officer?” Apakah—menjadi—pernah—tentara—atau—Anda—polisi?

Lesson 73

Latihan 7—Teka Teki Silang (TTS) Mendatar: 3. leader 6. experience 7. singer 9. coach, trainer 10. writer, author 11. worker 12. cigarette 13. dealer, merchant Menurun: 1. be used to 2. not yet 4. to be a speaker of 5. seller, vendor 6. teacher 8. manager 9. functionary, officer, staffer

Lesson 74

74 Pengalaman Kerja

Aims • To practice using kali (for counting the occurrences of an event) and se- the abbreviated form of satu. • To rehearse a job interview, talking especially about work experience.

Vocabulary Review Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous lessons. Make sure that you remember their meanings. ama

with

kali

times

bikin

to make

mencari

to look for, search

cakep

good looking

mengajar

to teach

cuma

only

menyanyi

to sing

duit

money

milik

owned by

kasi

give

pengalaman

experience

kok

though

perusahaan

a company

lu

you

surat

letter

HP

cell phone

tempat kerja

workplace

udah

already

tugas

duty

lumayan

not bad, pretty good

gelar

title

How Many Times? To talk about the number of times an event is repeated you use kali (times). You refer to oneoff events, i.e. single occurrences of an event, with sekali or satu kali (once). Sri bermain kartu tiga kali seminggu. Saya hanya bermain satu kali sebulan. Sri plays cards three times a week. I only play once a month. Biasanya Pak Mahmud berkunjung ke Australia dua kali setahun. Mr Mahmud usually visits Australia twice a year.

Lesson 74 Dia bersembahyang lima kali sehari. She does does her prayers five times a day. To ask “how many times?” or “how often?” the interrogative phrase is berapa kali. Berapa kali setahun Pak Mahmud berkunjung ke Australia? How many times a year does Mr Mahmud visit Australia? Eh, Sri… kamu main kartu berapa kali seminggu? Hey Sri, how many times a week do you play cards? Sudah berapa kali Anda mengirim surat kepada PT Sumbawa Indah? How many times have you sent a letter to Sumbawa Indah Ltd.? Denny, udah berapa kali kamu ganti pacar, hah!? Denny, how often have you switched girlfriends, eh!? Se- in terms like sekali is a short form of satu. (Actually, to be pedantic, se- is probably derived from the archaic word esa which meant “one”.) Se- can be used in many other contexts where it means “per (one ____)” or “a” or “each”. Gaji saya enam puluh ribu rupiah sehari. My wages are sixty thousand rupiah per day Dia bekerja lima hari seminggu. She works five days a week. Harganya tiga ribu rupiah sekilo. It costs three thousand rupiah per kilo.

Mohon Perhatian!! We have already seen that “one hundred” is seratus never *satu ratus. Similarly “ten” is sepuluh never *satu puluh, and “one thousand” is seribu never (or very rarely) *satu ribu. But for “one million” it is just as common to hear satu juta as it is to hear sejuta. Similarly, when you are counting people satu orang seems to be just as common as seorang, and when you want to say “once”, satu kali is just as common as sekali. Untuk berapa orang? saja. For how many people?

Untuk satu orang saja / Untuk seorang

Berapa juta rupiah? How many million rupiah?

Kira-kira sejuta. / Kira-kira satu juta. Around one million.

Berapa kali setahun? How many times a year?

Hanya satu kali. / Hanya sekali. Just once.

For just one.

Lesson 74

Exercise 74-01 Answer each of these questions with a complete sentence in Indonesian. The first five questions are in formal standard Indonesian, the second five are in informal or slangy Indonesian as spoken in many parts of Java. Your answers should echo the formality or informality of the questions. Check these model questions and answers before doing the exercise. (And check this lesson’s vocabulary list for any new informal words you don’t know.) Pertanyaan: Jawaban: Pertanyaan: Jawaban:

Berapa kali setahun Anda pulang ke rumah orang-tua? How many times a year do you go back to your parent’s place? Biasanya saya pulang dua kali setahun. Usually I go home twice a year. Asih, katanya kamu sering nyanyi di televisi. Udah berapa kali sih? Asih, I hear you’ve been singing a lot on television. How many times? Ah, nggak sering kok. Cuma dua kali aja. Oh, not a lot at all. Just twice.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Berapa kali seminggu Anda pergi ke kampus? Berapa gaji Anda sejam? Berapa kali sebulan Anda membantu Ibu Nur? Berapa harga ikan ini sekilo? Berapa kali setahun ada ujian?

6.

Wah… nasi gorengmu nggak enak. Sama sekali nggak enak! Udah berapa kali sih kamu bikin nasi goreng?

7.

Pacarmu cakep. Udah berapa kali kamu nonton ama dia?

8.

Udah berapa kali kamu ketemu ama cewek dari Amerika itu?

9.

Kamu ngomong Inggris udah lumayan banget. Udah berapa kali kamu jalan-jalan ke Australi?

10.

Berapa kali sebulan kamu kasi duit sama adikmu?

Describing Work Experience When you are interviewed for a job, as well as giving personal details and describing your educational record, you will probably be asked to talk about your previous work experience. You can talk about the previous occupation(s) you held, where you worked, what kinds of things you did, when and how long you worked at the place concerned, how much you were paid and why you left. Here is an example of what a job applicant might say when asked to talk about his/her pre vious employment.

S

aya pernah menjadi karyawan pabrik. Saya bekerja di pabrik alat-alat elektronik di Tangerang. Pabrik itu milik perusahaan PT Tenaga Kilat. Di pabrik itu saya bekerja memasang komponen HP. Pada waktu itu saya bekerja lima hari seminggu. Di samping itu kadang-kadang saya bekerja juga pada hari Sabtu. Saya bekerja di pabrik itu selama dua tahun, mulai bulan Maret tahun 2007 sampai bulan Juli tahun 2009. Gaji saya pada waktu

Lesson 74

itu dua juta seratus lima puluh ribu rupiah sebulan. Saya keluar dari pabrik itu karena kelu arga saya pindah ke Yogyakarta. Now do Latihan 5–6 to check your understanding of this passage. After that, write your own work experience by doing the following exercise exercise. Now read the passage below filling in the gaps. It is almost the same as the passage you just studied above, but you should fill in the blanks with different occupations, places, duties (tugas) and so on, as indicated by the words in brackets. In fact, read the passage through several times, each time inserting different information in the blanks as you read. Saya pernah menjadi __[pekerjaan]__. Saya bekerja di __[tempat kerja]__ di ____[kota / propinsi / negara]__. Di __[tempat kerja]__ itu saya __[tugas yang Anda lakukan]__. Pada waktu itu saya bekerja __[angka]__ hari seminggu. Di samping itu kadang-kadang saya bekerja juga pada __[nama hari]__. Saya bekerja di sana selama __[angka]__ tahun, mulai __[bulan dan tahun]__ sampai __[bulan dan tahun]__. Gaji saya pada waktu itu __[jumlah uang]__ sebulan. Saya keluar dari pekerjaan itu karena __[mengapa?]__. When you think you can recite this small narrative reasonably smoothly, turn away from the above text with all its written prompts and give a spoken description of your previous work experience from memory.

Exercise 74-02 Imagine that you are an interviewer. What questions might you put to an applicant about his/her previous work experience? Complete each of the questions below (the first words in the question are provided). Refer to the descriptions of work experience above and in previous lessons for vocabulary and phrases that will help you complete the questions. 1. Apakah Anda pernah… 2. Dulu pekerjaan Anda… 3. Di mana… 4. Berapa hari… 5. Apakah Anda bekerja pada hari… 6. Berapa lama Anda… 7. Berapa gaji Anda… 8. Tahun berapa Anda keluar… 9. Mengapa… 10. Apakah Anda suka…

Lesson 74

Rehearsing Job Interview One of the keys to success in landing a job is thorough preparation for a job interview. In the advertisement below, an Indonesian company seeks to fill a variety of vacancies.

P.T. Sumbawa Indah

Perusahaan kami mencari 1. Sopir Laki-laki berumur 18-40 tahun Bersedia bekerja pada malam hari Tidak pernah minum minuman keras 2. Sekretaris/ resepsionis perempuan berumur 18-35 tahun Sudah lulus akademi sekretaris bersedia bekerja di kantor kami di pusat kota Bima Pandai mengetik dan berbahasa Inggris 3. Tukang kebun Laki-laki atau perempuan Berumur 18-30 tahun Sudah lulus SMP 4. Karyawan pabrik alat-alat elektronik Perempuan belum kawin Berumur 16-25 tahun Bersedia bekerja pada hari Sabtu dan hari Minggu 5. Guru Sekolah Dasar Laki-laki atau perempuan Punya gelar dari Fakultas Pendidikan Berpengalaman mengajar paling kurang selama tiga tahun Bersedia mengajar di sekolah pabrik 6. Ahli komputer Laki-laki atau perempuan Berumur di bawah 25 tahun Punya gelar di bidang teknologi komputer Bersedia bekerja siang dan malam 7 hari seminggu Surat lamaran dan riwayat hidup mohon dikirim kepada Bapak Umar Hasan PT Sumbawa Indah Jl. Jendral Sudirman 53 Bima PT Sumbawa Indah “Bekerja Keras Untuk Keluarga Besar Sumbawa” Choose one of the jobs in the advertisement. Prepare a dossier or profile on yourself that will help you to impress the executives of Sumbawa Indah, and that you can refer to in a job interview.

Lesson 74 Your dossier should contain:  personal details: name, address, place and date of birth, marital status, number of children (if any), hobbies and sports interests etc.  your education: where, in what years, what subjects did you study, what subjects did you enjoy or were good at etc.  previous work experience: where, in what years, what kind of work did you do, why did you leave your previous job;  why do you want to work at PT Sumbawa Indah, e.g. • you want to work in Sumbawa/Bima (why?) • you like the kind of work PT Sumbawa Indah has to offer (why?) • family reasons (why?) Ransack this lesson and previous lessons for vocabulary, phrases and ideas. Then rehearse your job interview with a fellow student or with your teacher/tutor. Your partner can begin by asking questions like those in Exercise 74-02 above. Repeat the rehearsal several times, each time improving your correctness, smoothing out fuency, adding details (especially details from your personal experience) and finding ways to demonstrate that you are the right person for the job. When you feel you have mastered the interview well, move on to another job from the Sumbawa Indah advertisement.

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu Jodohkan kosa kata informal di sebelah kiri dengan ragam formalnya di sebelah kanan. ama

hanya

duit

memberi

bikin

sudah

kasi

cukup

cakep

membuat

kok

uang

cuma

cantik

lu

kenapa

udah

bersama

lumayan

kamu

Latihan 2—Menyimak Jodohkan Rekaman 074-01 dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan. 1.

a. How many times have you fixed the car?

2.

b. He goes to the night club three times a week.

3.

c. How many times in a year do you go to Manado?

4.

d. I usually go back to Bandung twice a month.

5.

e. How many times in a month do you eat in a restaurant?

Lesson 74 6.

f. How many times have you sung on television?

7.

g. How much are these three tables?

8.

h. Who always swims in the river five times a week?

Latihan 3—Pertanyaan dan Jawaban Jodohkan Rekaman 074-02 dengan jawabannya di sebelah kanan. 1.

a. Lima kali sebulan. Saya membantu Ibu Nur mencuci dan memasak.

2.

b. Harganya Rp.30.000,00 sekilo.

3.

c. Biasanya setahun empat kali.

4.

d. Saya jalan-jalan ke Australia lima kali dalam setahun.

5.

e. Tiga kali. Saya ada kuliah hari Senin, Rabu, dan Jumat.

6.

f. Dua kali. Kami menonton Eclipse dan Inception.

7.

g. Ini pertama kali saya memasak nasi goreng.

8.

h. Biasanya saya dibayar Rp.50.000,00 sejam.

Latihan 4—Pemahaman Bacalah teks “Pengalaman Kerja.” di atas dan jawablah pertanyaan-pertanyaan berikut sesuai dengan bacaan. 1. Apakah sekarang penulis masih bekerja sebagai karyawan pabrik? A. Iya, dia masih bekerja sebagai karyawan pabrik. B. Tidak, dia tidak lagi bekerja sebagai karyawan pabrik. 2. Penulis bekerja di pabrik miliknya sendiri. A. Benar. Dia bekerja di PT Tenaga Kilat. B. Salah. Dia tidak bekerja di perusahaan miliknya sendiri. C. Benar. Dia bekerja di perusahaan miliknya sendiri. D. Salah. Dia tidak bekerja di PT Tenaga Kilat. 3. Dia tidak pernah bekerja pada akhir minggu. A. Benar. Dia selalu bekerja lima hari seminggu. B. Benar. Dia tidak pernah bekerja pada hari Minggu. C. Salah. Dia kadang-kadang bekerja pada hari Sabtu. D. Salah. Dia tidak pernah bekerja pada akhir minggu. 4. Apakah penulis tahu cara memasang komponen HP? A. Iya. Penulis tahu bagaimana cara memasang komponen HP. B. Tidak. Penulis tidak tahu bagaimana cara memasang komponen HP.

Lesson 74 5. Penulis berhenti bekerja karena apa? A. Karena dia sudah tidak mau bekerja di sana. B. Karena dia mendapat pekerjaan lain. C. Karena dia pindah kota. D. Karena dia sudah tua.

Latihan 5—Pengalaman Kerja Lengkapilah teks berikut sesuai dengan Rekaman 074-03. Saya pernah menjadi karyawan pabrik. Saya __________ di pabrik alat-alat elektronik di Tangerang. Pabrik itu milik __________ PT Tenaga Kilat. Di pabrik itu saya bekerja memasang komponen __________. Pada waktu itu saya bekerja lima hari __________. Di samping itu kadang-kadang saya bekerja juga pada hari Sabtu. Saya bekerja di pabrik itu __________ dua tahun, mulai bulan Maret tahun 2007 sampai bulan Juli tahun 2009. __________ saya pada waktu itu dua juta seratus lima puluh ribu rupiah sebulan. Saya keluar dari __________ itu karena keluarga saya pindah ke Yogyakarta.

Latihan 6—The Prefix SeTranslate the following English words into Indonesian. 1. Mereka punya (one hundred) kambing. 2. Dia tinggal di rumah nomor (ten). 3. Dia masih punya uang (one thousand) rupiah. 4. Kakek memberi saya uang (one million) rupiah. 5. Ada (a person) yang sedang duduk di sana. 6. Kami pulang ke Indonesia (once) setahun. 7. Dia akan tinggal di sana selama (a week). 8. (a kilogram) gula harganya sembilan ribu rupiah.

Latihan 7—Isian Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat: nangka—bercerita—berpengalaman —bersedia—cewek—diganti—dua kali—Jumlah—kartu—ngomong—nyanyi—tukang kebun 1. Banyak orang takut dengan __________ 2. Nenek suka __________ tentang hidupnya waktu masih muda.

Lesson 74 3. Dono sudah menjadi sopir selama 10 tahun. Dia sopir __________. 4. Apakah Bapak __________ bekerja pada malam hari? 5. Lihat! Di sana ada __________ cantik. 6. Adik berenang __________ seminggu, hari Senin dan hari Kamis. 7. Kursi ini sudah rusak. Harus cepat __________. 8. __________ uang saya sampai hari ini Rp.8.000.000,9. Toni bermain __________ bersama teman-temannya setiap hari. 10. Kamu suka __________ nggak? -- Suka. Aku paling suka nyanyi lagu pop. 11. Kamu nggak boleh __________ begitu. Nggak sopan! 12. Keluarga itu sedang mencari seorang __________.

Latihan 8—Rangkai Kata Urutkanlah kata-kata berikut ini menjadi kalimat yang baik sesuai dengan arti di bawah ini: 1. “I used to work as a secretary.” Saya—bekerja—sebagai—pernah—sekretaris. 2. “At that time I worked five days a week.” Pada—lima—hari—bekerja—saya—waktu—itu—seminggu. 3. “Mr Mahmud usually visits Australia twice a year.” Biasanya—ke—Australia—dua—berkunjung—Pak Mahmud—kali—setahun. 4. “How much is your monthly salary?” Berapa—Anda—gaji—sebulan? 5. “I usually play badminton three times a week.” Saya—biasanya—bulutangkis—main—kali—tiga—seminggu.

Lesson 74

Latihan 9—Teka Teki Silang (TTS) Mendatar: 1. card 5. a young woman 6. to replace, to change 8. once 10. to install something 11. amount, the number of 12. to sing Menurun: 2. figures, digits, numbers 3. experienced 4. be willing to do sth 7. to tell a story 9. to say, to talk

Lesson 75

75 Wawancara Melamar Pekerjaan

Aims • To practice preparing the paperwork for a job application. • To role play a job interview, covering personal details, education, previous work experience and the etiquette of beginning and ending the interview.

Vocabulary Review Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous lessons. Make sure that you remember their meanings. atas

for (preposition)

perlu

necessary

bersedia

be willing to

perusahaan

a company

bertanya

to ask a question

riwayat hidup

curriculum vitae

gaji

salary

sebagai

as, like

karyawan

employee, worker

selesai

fnish

keterangan

information

surat kabar

newspaper

menerima

to accept, to receive

tertarik

interested

o ya

oh well

terus-terang

honestly, frankly

para

plural marker

tugas

duty

Interview Preliminaries: A Letter and an Application Form Before you are interviewed for a job you must make a formal application. The application pro cess will probably require you to write a letter of application. It may look something like this. (Check this lesson’s vocabulary cards for the meanings of unfamiliar words.)

Kepada yang terhormat: Bpk Umar Hasan, Kepala PT Sumbawa Indah, Jl Jenderal Sudirman 53, Bima, NTB Dengan hormat,

Waingapu, 31 Agustus 2010

Lesson 75

Saya tertarik pada iklan Bapak dalam surat kabar Suara Bangsa tgl 29 Agustus 2010. Saya ingin melamar pekerjaan sebagai sekretaris di perusahaan Bapak. Dengan surat ini saya juga mengirim riwayat hidup saya. Apakah saya dapat bertemu dengan Bapak di kantor untuk berbicara lebih jauh tentang pekerjaan itu? Terima kasih atas perhatian Bapak. Hormat saya, Sarah Hendrikus The letter mentions a riwayat hidup. A typical short riwayat hidup could look like this. This is a copy of an authentic riwayat hidup form. There are several terms in it that you need to know to understand the document, but probably you don’t need to remember for active use, at least not for the moment. So they don’t appear in the vocabulary list for this lesson. They are: bangsa nation, nationality; berijasah holding a qualification; bersangkutan (the person) concerned; buat make, made; coret cross out; daftar list; demikianlah thus; memasuki to enter; menerangkan to state, to declare; persiapan preparation; sampai dengan up to and including; sarjana muda Bachelors degree; sebenarnya truly; sesungguhnya truly, honestly; tamatan a graduate (of)

Exercise 75-01 Examine the letter of application for a job above. Write it out as if you were writing the letter, and make ten changes in the letter (names, dates, places, the kind of job). Then go to the Daftar Riwayat Hidup and insert ten items of information relating to yourself at the appropriate places in the document.

Lesson 75

Mohon Perhatian!! There are many thousands of acronyms and abbreviations in everyday use in modern Indonesian, and the list grows daily. Sometimes abbreviations are followed by periods / full stops (as they usually are in English) but very often – and increasingly – they are not. The two documents above have a few of the most common. Bpk

Bapak

Mr (in personal names)

PT

Perseroan Terbatas

limited liability company

Jln

Jalan

street (in addresses)

tgl

tanggal

date/dated

NTB

Nusa Tenggara Barat

West Nusa Tenggara (a province)

NTT

Nusa Tenggara Timur

East Nusa Tenggara (a province)

s/d

sampai dengan

up to and including, through

For a very short introduction to the vast world of acronyms and abbreviations in Indonesian see George Quinn’s Learner’s Dictionary of Today’s Indonesian p.1089. Many common acronyms and abbreviations are listed as headwords in A Comprehensive Indonesian-English Dictionary by Alan M. Stevens and A. Ed. Schmidgall-Tellings, and in Kamus Indonesia Inggris An Indonesian-English Dictionary by John M. Echols and Hassan Shadily. There are several good dictionaries devoted exclusively to acronyms and abbreviations, among them Kamus Akronim Inisialisme dan Singkatan by Parsidi, and Kamus Singkatan dan Akronim Baru dan Lama by Ateng Winarno. The ofcial Kamus Besar Bahasa Indonesia has an extensive appendix listing common acronyms and abbreviations with their expanded forms.

Dialogue Pak Agus is applying for a job as a driver at PT Niaga Perkasa, a small trading ofce. Mrs. Nurida invited him for a job interview. Before you listen to the interview below, write down, in Indonesian, what you think Mrs. Nurida is most likely to ask him. Listen to Sound File 075-01. Pak Agus

Bu Nurida

Permisi, Bu. Boleh saya masuk?

Silakan, silakan. Bapak mau bertemu dengan siapa?

Dengan Ibu. Saya ingin berbicara dengan Ibu tentang lamaran yang sudah saya kirim kepada Ibu.

O ya. Memang. Saya sudah menerima surat Bapak. Bapak mencari pekerjaan sebagai sopir, ya?

Betul, Bu. Saya sudah bicara dengan Ibu melalui telepon kemarin. Ibu minta saya datang hari ini untuk bertemu dengan Ibu.

O ya. Betul. Maaf, Pak. Saya lupa Bapak akan datang pagi ini. Silakan duduk.

Lesson 75 Terima kasih, Bu. Apakah Ibu sudah membaca riwayat hidup dan informasi yang lain dalam surat lamaran saya?

Sudah, Pak. Tetapi saya mau bertanya dulu tentang pendidikan Bapak. Apakah Bapak tamat Sekolah Menengah Atas?

Tidak, Bu. Saya pernah belajar di tingkat sekolah menengah di SMA Guna Utama di Bandung pada tahun 1995, tetapi saya tidak tamat.

Apakah Bapak belajar bahasa Inggris pada waktu itu?

Ya, Bu. Saya mengambil mata pelajaran bahasa Inggris dan ilmu ekonomi.

Apakah Bapak lulus bahasa Inggris dengan hasil yang baik?

Saya lulus bahasa Inggris, Bu, tetapi hasil saya kurang bagus. Saya dapat berbahasa Inggris, tetapi terus terang, Bu, bahasa Inggris saya masih kurang baik.

O begitu. Lalu, sebelum Bapak melamar pekerjaan di perusahaan ini, di mana Bapak bekerja?

Saya menjadi sopir untuk seorang asing selama tiga tahun. Sesudah itu saya bekerja sebagai sopir bis selama dua tahun. Tahun yang lalu saya menjadi sopir taksi.

O begitu. Lalu, mengapa Bapak tidak lagi mengendarai taksi sekarang?

Karena saya tidak suka bekerja pada malam hari, Bu.

Hmmm. Apakah Bapak bersedia bekerja pada hari Sabtu dan hari Minggu?

Bersedia, Bu. Bersedia sekali. Kalau perlu, saya dapat bekerja tujuh hari seminggu.

Bagus. Sekarang, apakah Bapak mau bertanya kepada saya tentang pekerjaan ini?

Ya. Terima kasih. Saya ingin bertanya, kalau Ibu menerima saya, apa tugas saya nanti? Apa yang harus saya lakukan?

Bapak harus mengendarai mobil kantor. Bapak juga harus membersihkan dan merawat mobil itu dengan baik.

O begitu. Baik. Saya kira saya dapat melakukan tugas itu. O ya, jam berapa saya harus masuk setiap hari?

Biasanya para sopir masuk kira-kira jam tujuh pagi, dan pulang kira-kira jam lima sore. O ya, Bapak minta gaji berapa?

Aduh, Bu. Terserah Ibu. Saya tidak pernah berpikir tentang gaji, asal saja saya dapat bekerja.

Baik. Saya kira sudah cukup, Pak. Saya akan mengirim surat kepada Bapak besok tentang pekerjaan ini.

Terima kasih, Bu. Saya minta diri dulu. Permisi.

Now check your understanding of this dialogue by doing Latihan 4–5.

Role Play: An Interview for a Job You have a host of resources from this lesson, Lesson 74, and other lessons that you can use to help you role play a job interview. Choose an occupation, for example sekretaris, dokter, karya-

Lesson 75 wan toko, dosen, pegawai kantor, sopir bis, guru sekolah menengah, insinyur, tukang kebun, karyawan pabrik, tukang masak. With a fellow student, or with your teacher/tutor, conduct an extended, detailed interview for a job. Adapt the dialogue above to the occupation you choose and borrow plenty of material from previous lessons. Flesh out your characterisation by adding your own, very personal, touches, making sure that the language you use is scrupulously correct. Repeat the role play several times, feshing it out and adding more personal detail with each repetition and striving more greater correctness and smoothness. Then swap roles with your partner. When you feel satisfed that you can play both roles well and can sustain the interview for an extended times, choose a new occupation (and perhaps a new identity for yourself and your partner) and repeat the interview again.

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu 1 Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan. gaji

declaration

surat kabar

to receive, to accept

keterangan

salary

terus-terang

newspaper

selesai

as

tugas

interested in

para

curriculum vitae

bersedia

to ask a question

perusahaan

plural marker

bertanya

be willing to

riwayat hidup

company

menerima

to be honest

sebagai

fnished

tertarik

task, duties

Latihan 2—Surat Lamaran 1. What of the following is included in the above letter? Select 5 (fve). A. Nomor telepon pengirim surat B. Nama penerima surat C. Isi surat D. Riwayat hidup pengirim E. Nama pengirim F. Ucapan terima kasih G. Nomor telepon penerima surat H. Tempat dan tanggal surat I. Alamat pengirim surat

Latihan 3—Isian Tulis kepanjangan (long form) dari singkatan dan akronim berikut: 1. Kepada yang terhormat: Bpk. Agus Winarno.

Bpk: .....................................................

2. Dia tinggal di Jl. Katamso.

Jl: ........................................................

Lesson 75 3. Saya lahir pada tgl 16 November.

tgl: .......................................................

4. Mereka bekerja di PT. Kencana Laksana.

PT: .......................................................

5. Kami akan bekerja di sana s/d bulan Juli.

s/d: ......................................................

6. Anak itu berasal dari NTT.

NTT: ....................................................

7. Lusi akan pergi ke NTB minggu depan.

NTB: ....................................................

Latihan 4—Pemahaman Bacalah percakapan antara Pak Agus dan Ibu Nurida dalam “Wawancara Melamar Pekerjaan” lalu jawab pertanyaan berikut. 1. Apakah Ibu Nurida tahu bahwa Pak Agus akan datang hari ini? A. Iya, dia tahu karena dia kepala perusahaan itu. B. Tidak, dia tidak tahu karena dia tidak tahu Pak Agus. C. Iya, dia tahu tapi dia lupa. D. Tidak, dia tidak tahu tapi dia kenal Pak Agus. 2. Pak Agus bertemu dengan Ibu Nurida untuk apa? A. Untuk memberikan surat lamaran pekerjaan. B. Untuk bertanya apakah di perusahaan itu ada lowongan pekerjaan. C. Untuk mengobrol dengan Ibu Nurida. D. Untuk wawancara pekerjaan. 3. Apakah Pak Agus pernah kuliah? A. Iya, dia pernah kuliah. B. Tidak, dia tidak pernah kuliah. C. Tidak ada dalam teks. 4. Pak Agus sudah pernah bekerja berapa lama? A. lima tahun B. kurang dari lima tahun C. lebih dari lima tahun 5. Apakah Pak Agus bisa bekerja setiap hari? D. Iya, dia bisa bekerja setiap hari apalagi malam hari. E. Iya, dia bisa bekerja setiap hari. F. Tidak, dia tidak bisa bekerja setiap hari. G. Tidak, dia tidak bisa bekerja setiap hari apalagi malam hari. 6. Apakah Pak Agus sudah tahu tugasnya sebelum dia bertemu Ibu Nurida? A. Iya, dia sudah tahu tugasnya. B. Belum, dia belum tahu tugasnya. 7. Apakah Pak Agus jadi bekerja di perusahaan itu? A. Iya, dia diterima bekerja di perusahaan itu. B. Tidak, dia tidak diterima di perusahaan itu. C. Tidak ada dalam teks.

Lesson 75

Latihan 5—Isian Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat: bersedia—kira—lamaran—lulus—lupa—mata—melakukan—melalui—mengendarai— pendidikan—riwayat hidup—selama—tentang—terserah—terus terang—tugas Permisi, Bu. Boleh saya masuk? Silakan, silakan. Bapak mau bertemu dengan siapa? Dengan Ibu. Saya ingin berbicara dengan Ibu tentang ________ yang sudah saya kirim kepada Ibu. O ya. Memang. Saya sudah menerima surat Bapak. Bapak mencari pekerjaan sebagai sopir, ya? Betul, Bu. Saya sudah bicara dengan Ibu __________ telepon kemarin. Ibu minta saya datang hari ini untuk bertemu dengan Ibu. O ya. Betul. Maaf, Pak. Saya __________ Bapak akan datang pagi ini. Silakan duduk. Terima kasih Bu. Apakah Ibu sudah membaca __________ dan informasi yang lain dalam surat lamaran saya? Sudah, Pak. Tetapi saya mau bertanya dulu tentang __________ Bapak. Apakah Bapak tamat Sekolah Menengah Atas? Tidak, Bu. Saya pernah belajar di tingkat sekolah menengah di SMA Guna Utama di Bandung pada tahun 1995, tetapi saya tidak tamat. Apakah Bapak belajar bahasa Inggris pada waktu itu? Ya, Bu. Saya mengambil pelajaran bahasa Inggris dan ilmu ekonomi. Apakah Bapak lulus bahasa Inggris dengan hasil yang baik? Saya __________ bahasa Inggris, Bu, tetapi hasil saya kurang bagus. Saya dapat berbahasa Inggris, tetapi __________, Bu, bahasa Inggris saya masih kurang baik. O begitu. Lalu, sebelum Bapak melamar pekerjaan di perusahaan ini, di mana Bapak bekerja? Saya menjadi sopir untuk seorang asing __________ tiga tahun. Sesudah itu saya bekerja sebagai sopir bis selama dua tahun. Tahun yang lalu saya menjadi sopir taksi.

Lesson 75 O begitu. Lalu, mengapa Bapak tidak lagi __________ taksi sekarang? Karena saya tidak suka bekerja pada malam hari, Bu. Hmmm. Apakah Bapak __________ bekerja pada hari Sabtu dan hari Minggu? Bersedia, Bu. Bersedia sekali. Kalau perlu, saya dapat bekerja tujuh hari seminggu. Bagus. Sekarang, apakah Bapak mau bertanya kepada saya tentang pekerjaan ini? Ya. Terima kasih. Saya ingin bertanya, kalau Ibu menerima saya, apa _______ saya nanti? Apa yang harus saya lakukan? Bapak harus mengendarai mobil kantor. Bapak juga harus membersihkan dan merawat mobil itu dengan baik. O begitu. Baik. Saya kira saya dapat __________ tugas itu. O ya, jam berapa saya harus masuk setiap hari? Biasanya para sopir masuk kira-kira jam tujuh pagi, dan pulang kira-kira jam lima sore. O ya, Bapak minta gaji berapa? Aduh, Bu. __________ Ibu. Saya tidak pernah berpikir tentang gaji, asal saja saya dapat bekerja. Baik. Saya __________ sudah cukup, Pak. Saya akan mengirim surat kepada Bapak besok __________ pekerjaan ini. Terima kasih, Bu. Permisi dulu.

Latihan 6—Kosa Kata Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan. asal

head

bersedia

up to [you]

iklan

advertisement

menerima

interested

kepala

attention

perusahaan

duty, task

lupa

on condition that

terserah

be willing to

melalui

to drive

tertarik

accept

mengendarai

to forget

tugas

company

perhatian

by, through

wawancara

interview

Lesson 75

Latihan 7—Rangkai Kata Urutkanlah kata-kata di bawah ini menjadi kalimat yang benar. 1. “I want to apply for a job in your company.” Saya—perusahaan—melamar—ingin—pekerjaan—di—Bapak. 2. “Did you pass with a good mark?” Apakah—dengan—yang—lulus—Bapak—nilai—baik? 3. “Did you complete High School?” Apakah—Menengah—Sekolah—tamat—Bapak—Atas? 4. “What task should I do?” Tugas—apa—saya—harus—yang—kerjakan? 5. “Are you willing to work on Saturdays and Sundays?” Apakah—Bapak—bekerja—bersedia—hari Sabtu—pada—dan—hari Minggu? 6. “Have you ever worked as a driver?” Apakah—Bapak—sebagai—bekerja—pernah—sopir?

Lesson 76

76 Memilih Karyawan Baru

Aims • To practise using several important terms to make comparisons and judgements • To role play a job interview and debate the merits of the applicants for a job.

Vocabulary Review Here are some of the frequent words used in this lesson that have appeared in previous lessons. Make sure that you remember their meanings. ahli

expert

masyarakat

community, society

berpengalaman

be experienced

memelihara

to keep, take care of

bersedia

be willing to

memilih

to choose

bidang

field of study

memimpin

to lead

cucu

grandchild

mengendarai

to drive a car, to ride

kalah

defeated

pembantu

assistant, maid

kambing

goat

sulit

difficult

keren

cool, stylish

tugas

duty, task

kesehatan

health

umum

general, public

More on Making Comparisons and Judgements The Indonesian Way has already provided you with a box of language tools that you can use to make comparisons and judgements. Let’s bring out the main items in this toolbox and review them in brief. The key words are lebih, terlalu, kalah, kurang, cukup, sama and paling.

 Lebih (more, -er) Saya kira Pak Wayan lebih ahli. I think Mr. Wayan is more expert. Ibu Maria lebih tua daripada Saudara Nur. Mrs. Maria is older than Miss Nur. Ada lebih banyak orang di desa Simpang daripada di desa Baun. There are more people in the village of Simpang than in the village of Baun.

Lesson 76 Pak Wayan sudah tua tetapi Pak Dendy lebih tua lagi. Mr. Wayan is old, but Mr. Dendy is even older.

 Terlalu (too) Saya kira Saudara Nur terlalu muda. I think Miss Nur is too young. Dia berbicara terlalu banyak! He talks too much!

 Kalah (to lose, to be defeated, to lose out in comparison with…) Menurut pendapat saya Ibu Maria kalah dengan Pak Dendy. In my opinion, Mrs. Maria is not as good as Mr. Dendy. Sebagai pegawai kantor, Pak Wayan sama sekali tidak kalah dengan Bu Maria. As an office worker, Mr. Wayan is in no way inferior to Mrs. Maria. Ibu Maria kalah cepatnya dengan Pak Wayan. Mrs. Maria is not as quick as Mr. Wayan. Yusuf tidak kalah pintar dengan Agus. Yusuf is by no means less smart than Agus.

 Kurang (not _____ enough, not really ______) Ibu Maria kurang berpengalaman kalau dibandingkan dengan Pak Dendy. Mrs. Maria is not experienced enough compared with Mr. Dendy. Menurut saya, Pak Dendy kurang pandai mengurus keuangan. In my opinion, Mr. Dendy is not really good at handling finances.

 Cukup (quite, fairly) Dia menulis buku informasi tentang kesehatan masyarakat yang cukup berguna. He/She has written a book of information on public health that is quite useful. Tugas ini cukup sulit. This task is fairly difficult.

 Sama (the same, just as _____ as) Saya kira bekerja di desa dan bekerja di kota hampir sama. I think working in the country and working in the city are almost the same. Pak Wayan sama ahlinya dengan Bu Maria. Mr. Wayan is just as expert as Mrs. Maria.

 Paling (the most ______, more than anything else) Siapa yang paling rajin, Pak Wayan atau Bu Maria? Who is the most conscientious, Mr. Wayan or Mrs. Maria? Sdr Nur paling suka bekerja dengan anak kecil. Miss Nur likes working with children more than anything else. Saya memilih Saudara Nur. Dia yang paling ramah! I am choosing Miss Nur. She is the most friendly! Paling sedikit harus ada dua orang yang melakukan tugas ini. There needs to be at least two people who do this job.

Lesson 76

Exercise 76-01 Translate these English sentences into good, succinct, standard Indonesian. Each of them will use at least one of the words lebih, terlalu, kalah, kurang, cukup, sama or paling. The sentences will echo (but they are not exactly the same as) the model sentences you have studied above. So if you are in doubt, take another look at the model sentences. One or other of them will help you to frame your answer. 1. There are more primary schools in the city of Medan than in the city of Bukittinggi. 2. This village is too quiet. 3. She is asking for a wage of at least 500,000 a month. 4. He drinks too much alcohol! 5. People say Mr. Wayan is not as good as Mr. Dendy. 6. Mr. Dendy is not expert enough by comparison with Mr. Wayan. 7. Mr. Dendy is happiest taking care of the office finances. 8. Mr. Wayan is better at handling finances than Pak Dendy. 9. Mr. Dendy is just as conscientious as Bu Maria. 10. This work is fairly easy. 11. Miss Nur is not as good as Ibu Maria. 12. I think Mrs. Maria is more experienced. 13. I think teaching in primary school and teaching in secondary school are almost the same. 14. I think Mr. Dendy is too old. 15. I think Miss Nur is the best. 16. In my opinion, Mr. Dendy is not really able to manage sick people. 17. Miss Nur gives assistance that is quite useful. 18. Miss Nur is always cautious, but Mr. Dendy is even more cautious. 19. As a midwife Mrs. Maria is in no way inferior to Miss Nur. 20. Who is the quickest, Miss Nur or Pak Dendy?

Role Play: Assessing the Applicants for a Job This role play revolves around the assessment of applicants for a job. The vacancy (lowongan) is for the head of a Community Health Centre (Kepala Pusat Kesehatan Masyarakat or Puskesmas) in the small (fictional) village of Simpang in a remote, inland part of Aceh – the province at the northern tip of Sumatra. Here is the advertisement for the position. Lowongan. Pemerintah Provinsi Aceh mencari seorang kepala Pusat Kesehatan Masyarakat (Puskesmas) untuk desa Simpang, 150 kilometer di sebelah selatan kota Banda Aceh. Tugas: ➢ memimpin Puskesmas di desa Simpang

Lesson 76 ➢ mengurus keuangan Puskesmas ➢ memimpin dan mengatur karyawan Puskesmas ➢ memilih dan membeli alat-alat kedokteran ➢ membantu dokter-dokter yang bekerja di Puskesmas ➢ memberikan informasi tentang kesehatan kepada orang desa Simpang Gaji: Tergantung pada ijazah dan pengalaman And here are the details of the four applicants who have made it to the short list. Nama

Maria Kristanti (Ibu Maria)

Nurul Qomar (Sdr Nur)

Dendy Sukmono (Pak Dendy)

I Wayan Sastra (Pak Wayan)

Jenis Kelamin Agama Tempat lahir Umur Status Perkawinan

perempuan

perempuan

laki-laki

laki-laki

Katolik Jakarta 30 Belum kawin

Islam Meulaboh, Aceh 20 Belum kawin

Islam Jogjakarta, Jawa 64 Sudah kawin, punya enam anak dan 7 cucu

Belum pernah kuliah di universitas, tetapi pernah belajar di akademi hukum laut (tidak lulus)

Sarjana Muda Kesehatan Masyarakat (tahun 1970)

Hindu Tabanan, Bali 40 Sudah kawin, punya tiga anak kecil berumur tiga tahun, dua tahun dan delapan bulan Dokter Hewan (Universitas Monash, Melbourne)

Pernah bekerja selama enam bulan di pusat kesehatan masyarakat di Sorong, Papua sebagai pembantu bidan.

Pernah bekerja selama 30 tahun di pusat kesehatan masyarakat di desa Baun, pulau Timor.

Gelar / ijazah / tingkat pendidikan

Sarjana kesehatan umum UI (lulus dengan hasil yang sangat baik, skripsi tentang administrasi proyek kesehatan) Pengalaman Pernah bekerja kerja sebagai kepala seksi kesehatan mahasiswa di kantor administrasi Universitas Indonesia selama dua tahun

Pernah menjadi kepala pusat penyakit kuda di Melbourne selama tiga tahun. Selama empat tahun menjadi karyawan di laboratorium kesehatan masyarakat di Denpasar. Ketrampilan Pandai berbahasa Pandai berbahasa Pandai mengurus Pandai memelihara khusus / hobi Inggris. Suka Aceh. Suka keuangan kantor. kuda, sapi, kambing memakai pakaian membaca AlBerpengalaman dan ayam. Senang model baru yang Qur’an. Suka selama 30 tahun tinggal di desa. Suka keren. Suka ke membaca buku melayani orang desa menonton film horor. salon kecantikan. tentang sejarah dan membantu para Pandai berbahasa Islam. dokter. Inggris.

Lesson 76 Kekurangan

Belum pernah melakukan pekerjaan yang bersifat praktis dalam bidang kesehatan. Belum pernah tinggal di desa.

Belum dapat Belum pandai mengendarai memakai komputer. mobil atau sepeda Kadang-kadang sakit motor. Tidak jantung dan harus bersedia bekerja sering beristirahat. pada hari Jumat Mata kurang baik, atau pada malam kalau membaca hari. harus memakai kaca mata tebal.

Karena punya tiga anak kecil, tidak bersedia bekerja hari Sabtu atau hari Minggu, dan tidak bersedia bekerja pada malam hari.

The role play is in two parts. In the first part, the four short-listed applicants will be interviewed by a committee (panitia) of at least two – maybe as many as six or eight – interviewers. The interviewers will ask questions about personal details, education and work experience like those practised in the “dry run” interviews in Lessons 74 and 75. Review these lessons carefully before starting the present role play. Each “applicant” must stay in character i.e. answer the interviewers’ questions according to the profiles given above. But the “applicants” may – in fact should – add a lot of extra detail, provided these extra details do not confict with the ba sic profiles given above. The panel should also ask pointed questions that draw out the shortcomings (kekurangan) in the profile of each applicant. The committee should also ask each applicant if he/she has any questions. The applicants might respond with questions like these (followed by possible answers from the committee): ✗ Kalau saya bekerja di Puskesmas di Simpang, gaji saya berapa? Tergantung pada ijazah dan pengalaman kerja Bapak/Ibu. Mungkin kira-kira…. ✗ Apakah ada rumah untuk saya di desa Simpang? Ada. Tetapi rumah itu kecil… hanya satu kamar tidur… ✗ Apakah saya harus bersedia bekerja tujuh hari seminggu? Tentu saja. Kalau ada orang desa yang sakit, mungkin Bapak/Ibu harus bekerja pada hari Sabtu dan hari Minggu, juga pada malam hari. ✗ Apakah ada klab malam / mal / bioskop / universitas / pasar swalayan / perpustakaan di Simpang? Universitas? Wah, tidak ada, tetapi ada universitas di Banda Aceh, kira-kira 150 kilometer dari Simpang. The second part of the role play starts after the four short-listed applicants have been interviewed. The committee of interviewers convenes to discuss among themselves the merits of the four candidates and choose one to fill the position. As you can see from their profiles, each candidate is well qualified in some respects and very poorly qualified in other respects. None of them is perfect for the job, but an appointment must be made. So any of the four might be appointed, depending on how the committee’s discussion develops. The committee should discuss: 1. the personal background of each applicant (e.g. age, place of origin, marital status, gender, hobbies etc.) asking how appropriate/helpful that background is to the job in Simpang; 2. the educational qualifications of each applicant – how advanced and relevant are they? 3. their previous work experience, how relevant or useful is it? 4 the shortcomings of each applicant – how likely is it that these shortcomings will make it difficult for the applicant to do the job successfully. As they exchange views, many of the committee members’ sentences will begin like this: Bagaimana pendapat Anda? Apakah… Siapa yang paling berpengalaman / baik / ahli… Menurut pendapat saya… Saya kira…

Lesson 76 Maaf, saya kurang setuju. Saya kira… Wah… saya sama sekali tidak setuju! Tetapi bagaimana dengan… In making comparisons, the committee will use the toolbox of words practised earlier in this lesson: lebih, terlalu, kalah, kurang, cukup, sama and paling. Go back and review these words and the model sentences that accompany them, as well as the questions and answers in Exercise 76-01. When you have acted the role play several times – each time striving for more detail, more variation, greater correctness, more smoothness and more liveliness – reshuffe roles among the members of your study group and try the role play again.

Want To Stretch Yourself? Imagine that you have been contracted to advise personnel managers in business companies on how to conduct job interviews, or perhaps to advise job applicants how to do well in job interviews using the Indonesian language. Get a video camera (and if you like, editing equipment) and make two short, impactful videos in Indonesian. One video will show how a good job interview should go. The other will show how not to do well in a job interview. The first video should be formal and businesslike. The second should be a farce: let loose your sense of humour. Initially, you can base the videos on the role play that you have practised in this lesson. Make sure you don’t lapse into English, and make sure that you keep your Indonesian straightforward, correct and roughly within the parameters of vocabulary and grammar that you have studied so far. If you succeed in making these “training” videos based on the models and the role play in this lesson, challenge yourself a little more and make similar training videos showing contrasting interviews for other occupations.

Latihan 1—Kosa Kata Lalu Jodohkan kata-kata di sebelah kiri dengan terjemahannya di sebelah kanan. ahli

be willing, prepared

kalah

difficult

berpengalaman

stylish

lebih

to drive

bersedia

experienced

memilih

to choose

bidang

a goat

memimpin

to lead

cukup

health

mengendarai

a task

kambing

a community

paling

a maid, assistant

keren

public, general

pembantu

an expert

kesehatan

field (of study)

sulit

the most, the ...-est

Lesson 76 kurang

the same

terlalu

loose out, defeated

masyarakat

less, not … enough

tugas

too

sama

enough, quite...

umum

more, ...-er

Latihan 2—Isian Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat: cukup—kalah—kurang—lebih—paling—sama—terlalu 1. Saya rasa rumah ini __________ besar untuk mereka. Mereka hanya empat orang. 2. Bapak Aryo gemuk sekali. Dia harus __________ banyak berolahraga. 3. Karina masih __________ berpengalaman menulis buku. Saya tidak mengerti tulisannya sama sekali. 4. Ibu Dinda sekretaris yang __________ pandai yang ada di kantor ayah saya. 5. Menurut pendapat saya, rumah Ibu Namira tidak __________ bersih dengan rumah Ibu Hanifah. 6. Kelihatannya makanan ini __________ enak. Lihat, ada ayamnya besar sekali! Saya ingin mencobanya. 7. Saya rasa mobil Ferrari dan Renault __________ cepatnya.

Latihan 3—Menyimak Listen to Sound File 076-01. You will hear ten sentences. For each of the ten sentences an English translation is provided in the right column of the following table. Write the order of the sentences as they appear in the sound file into the left column. No.

English Translation a. Mr. Wayan is better at handling finances than Pak Dendy. b. Mr. Dendy is not expert enough by comparison with Mr. Wayan. c. Mr. Dendy is just as conscientious as Mrs Maria. d. Mr. Dendy is happiest taking care of the office finances. e. This work is fairly easy. f. This village is too quiet.

1

g. There are more primary schools in Medan than in Bukittinggi. h. He drinks too much alcohol!

Lesson 76 i. She is asking for a wage of at least 500.000 a month. j. People say Mr. Wayan is not as good as Mr. Dendy.

Latihan 4—Rangkai Kata Urutkan kata-kata di bawah ini menjadi kalimat yang benar sesuai dengan arti: 1. “My father is wealthier than my brother.” Ayah—daripada—lebih—saya—kakak—kaya—saya. 2. “Spiderman movie is as good as Superman movie.” Film Spiderman—sama—bagusnya—dengan—film Superman. 3. “What is the tallest building in the world?” Gedung—paling—yang—di—apa—tinggi—dunia? 4. “I think this cake is sweet enough.” Saya—cukup—ini—rasa—kue—manis. 5. “Andita’s clothes are less fashionable than Satika’s.” Baju Andita—keren—dibandingkan—kurang—dengan—baju Satika.

Latihan 5—Isian: Kosa Kata Lengkapi teks berikut dengan memilih kata yang tepat: cucu—kaca mata—mata—melayani—puskesmas—sakit jantung—salon kecantikan— Sarjana Muda—tergantung 1. Tahun lalu, Bapak Roni kena ____________. Kata dokter, ia kurang berolahraga. 2. Apakah di kota ini ada ____________? Saya ingin gunting rambut. 3. ____________ anak itu tebal sekali! Apakah dia sangat suka membaca? 4. Apakah ____________ di desa ini buka 24 jam? 5. Saya rasa kakek itu punya banyak sekali ____________. Anaknya saja ada delapan. 6. Jawaban saya ____________ dari pertanyaan Anda. 7. Saya rasa saya harus segera ke dokter. ____________ saya gatal sekali. 8. Siapa yang ____________ bapak dan ibu di rumah? 9. Adik saya kemarin sudah menjadi ____________.

Lesson 76

Latihan 6—Teka Teki Silang (TTS) Mendatar: 1. a disease 7. thick 8. more, ...-er 10. quite, fairly 12. diligent 14. practical 16. happy 18. intelligent 19. compared with Menurun: 2. too 3. to be suffering from a lack 4. to lose 5. tall 6. to take care of 9. than 11. the most, the -est 13. finance 15. a horse 17. same

Selamat Congratulations! You completed the fifth modules. Only three more to go!

Support Us “The Indonesian Way” is free and will always remain free. In order to further develop TIW, we are de pendent on the support of the user community. Our plans for the future encompass: 1) Developing iOS and Android applications 2) Replacing the online “Latihan” using technology that is not dependent on Flash. 3) Adding another Module consisting of 12 more lessons This can only be accomplished with your assistance. If, after completing each Module, all our users would donate $5 or $10, our goal could be accomplished in a short time. To make a donation please go to http://ulikozok.com/support Terima Kasih, Thank You, Mahalo

Wordlist 

Lesson 60 berubah (•ubah)



to change, to evolve, to be diferent •before

berganti (•ganti)



to have one thing replaced with another, to change (i.e. have one thing replaced with another)

kata kerja



a verb

memukul (•pukul)



to hit someone/something, to strike (with fst, weapon or tool)

menerima (•terima)



to receive something, to accept something

mengantar (•antar)



to take/accompany someone somewhere, to deliver something or someone to a certain place

mengatur (•atur)



to arrange something, to regulate something, to “pull strings” (in order to get something done)

menggoreng (•goreng)



to fry something

menghitung (•hitung)



to count something / things

mengirim (•kirim)



to send something

mengisi (•isi)



to fll something, to put content into a holder/container/form

menikah (•nikah)



to get married (especially in the sense “to go through a wedding ceremony”)

menutup (•tutup)



to shut something, to close something

menyimpan (•simpan)



to store something away, to put something away for safekeeping, to save/deposit money (e.g. in a bank)

merasa (•rasa)



to feel (an emotion), to feel that... (when you are expressing an opinion)

mohon



to ask someone for something (respectfully)

pena



a pen

pénsil



a pencil

rasa



a feeling, a sense, a sensation of something

sedih



sad, to feel sadness



Lesson 61 kamus



a dictionary

memotong (•potong)



to cut something, to cut something of to reap (e.g. rice)

menanam (•tanam)



to plant something, to grow something (e.g. a crop)

mengubah (•ubah)



to change, to alter

padi



rice (as it grows in a paddy feld or dry feld), a rice plant



Lesson 62 akuntan



an accountant

dokter gigi



a dentist

éfsién



efcient

gagal



to not succeed, to fail

ibu rumah tangga



a housewife

insinyur



an engineer

1

Wordlist jenis



a type, a category, a class of something, a species of something

marah



angry

mengetik (•ketik)



to type

montir



a mechanic

pegawai negeri



a public servant, a civil servant, one who works in government administration

pelayan (•layan)



a waiter / waitress

pemain (•main)



a player

pengusaha (•usaha)



a businessman, a businesswoman, an entrepreneur

rajin



conscientious, industrious, hard-working, disciplined, diligent

sebetulnya



actually, to be honest, as a matter of fact

sepatu



shoes

sekretaris



a secretary

sopir



the driver (of a motor vehicle, usually but not always, the paid driver)

tentara



a soldier, the army, the armed forces

terima telepon



to answer the phone, to take a phone call

tugas



the things you have to do (as part of a job), a task, duties, obligations

tukang kayu



a carpenter

tukang listrik



an electrician

wartawan



a journalist, a reporter



Lesson 63 Bapak



you (term of address for older male person, also for younger person if the situation is very formal)

Ibu



you (term of address for older female person, also for younger person if the situation is very formal)

seniman



an artist

ékor



tail, a counter-word for animals, birds and insects, used when you are mentioning a certain number of them

melukis (•lukis)



to paint (a painting)

kepala sekolah



headmaster, principle of a school

tukang masak



a cook

bengkel



workshop, repairshop

sapi



cattle, cow, ox

orang



counter-word for people, used when you are mentioning a certain number of human beings

pembeli (•beli)



buyer, customer

seorang



a, one (when you are counting human beings, or referring to one person as if he/she represents the whole of a certain group)



Lesson 64 2

Wordlist baru



it is only then that..., before

habis



used up, fnished, all gone, exhausted, none left

jarang



rarely, seldom, not often

kué kering



biscuits, cookies

makanan kecil (•makan)



snackfood

mengurus (•urus)



to take care of the management/arrangements for something, to see something (e.g. an application) through the bureaucracy

organisasi



an organisation

pembangunan (•bangun)



(economic) development

program



program, a plan of action

rapat



meeting

sedikit



a little, a few, not many, not much

sambal



chilli-based side dish, chilli paste or sauce

urusan (•urus)



matters requiring attention, afairs (requiring bureaucratic attention)



Lesson 65 berwawancara (•wawancara)



to conduct an interview

ibu



a lady

masalah



a problem, a difculty, an issue

membangun (•bangun)



to build (especially a building/dwelling), to construct something

mencari jalan



to look for a way (to do something), to try to fnd a way (to do something)

orang desa



a villager

setelah



after (a more formal variant of sesudah)



Lesson 66 abjad



the alphabet

éjaan (•éja)



spelling

huruf



a letter (in a alphabet), a script, a writing system

khusus



special, specifc (adjective)

peneliti (•teliti)



a researcher

sekali lagi



once more, once again

terima kasih kembali



you’re welcome (responding to someone’s expression of thanks)

tulisan; tulisan tangan



writing, a piece of writing; hand writing

ucapan (•ucap)



the pronunciation (of a word)



Lesson 67 atas



above, on top of, upper (when referring to level of education)

bawah



under, below, lower (when you are describing something that has upper and lower parts)

berbéda



to difer, to be not the same

3

Wordlist dasar



basic, fundamental, elementary; the basics, the foundations

dunia



the world

hal



a matter (for thought, consideration, discussion), a thing to be considered

ilmu pengetahuan



science

kejuruan (•juru)



vocational

kurang banyak



too few, not enough

kurikulum



curriculum

lebih dulu



frst (i.e. prior to someone / something else)

mata pelajaran



a subject (of study at school)

milik



the property of…, belonging to, owned by

muatan lokal



local content (especially in school tuition programs)

mulai



from (when you are talking about the beginning point of a certain period of time)

negeri



state, government (i.e. pertaining to or owned and run by the state / government)

pendidikan (•didik)



education

sebagian besar



most

sistem



a system

swasta



private (when referring to a school or a company)

tanaman (•tanam)



a plant (especially a plant raised on a farm or in a garden)

termasuk (•masuk)



included in, including, is a part of

tingkat



a level, a stage (in the upward progress of someone or something)

umum



general (i.e. not particular or specialised); public, the public



Lesson 68 menengah (•tengah)



middle-level; sekolah menengah a middle-level school (i.e. secondary school)

para; para guru, para karyawan



a marker of a plural noun in certain contexts, especially for professions; the teachers, the staf / the employees

siswa



a school student

fsika



physics

cara



a way, the way (to do something); bagaimana caranya? how do you do it?

ketrampilan (•trampil); ketrampilan praktis



a skill, skills; practical skills

pertanian (•tani)



agriculture

berguna (•guna)



useful; tidak berguna untuk… of no use for…

usaha tani



an agricultural enterprise, a farming business, a farm

berkebun (•kebun)



to garden, to do gardening, to work in the garden

kerbau



a water bufalo

kambing



a goat

lulus



to graduate from a school, to pass an exam

4

Wordlist bersifat (•sifat); mata pelajaran yang bersifat praktis



[adjective] in nature [adjective] in character; a subject that is practical in nature

mesin



an engine, a machine; mesin mobil a car engine

hasil; hasil pertanian



a result, yield, outcome, output, produce; agricultural output/produce

mesin cuci



a washing machine



Lesson 69 berbagai



various, all sorts of

bersama-sama



together

ilmu pengetahuan sosial



social sciences

ilmu pengetahuan alam



natural science

pada waktu itu



at that time

SMP (Sekolah Menengah Pertama)



middle school

SMA (Sekolah Menengah Atas)



high school



Lesson 70 ahli



a specialist, an expert, expert (adjective)

ahli hukum



an expert in law, a lawyer

bibi



an aunt, Aunt (so-and-so)

ékonomi pertanian



agricultural economics

gelar



a degree (from a university), a title (especially an aristocratic title)

Katolik



Catholic, a follower of Catholicism, a Catholic

ke-, yang ke-



the nth (when you are forming ordinal numbers),

(yang) kedua



the second

laboratorium



a laboratory

mengatakan (•kata)



to say something

paman



an uncle, Uncle (so-and-so)

sarjana



a university graduate, a scholar, Master of ____ (in a university degree)

sosiologi



sociology

téknik pertanian



agricultural engineering (i.e. the use of machinery in the planting, harvesting, processing etc. of agricultural products)

téknik mesin



mechanical engineering



Lesson 71 bermasalah (•masalah)



to have a problem

buat



for (an informal alternative to untuk)

gampang



(an informal variant of mudah) easy

jadi



(an informal variant of menjadi) to become, to be

kasus



case

5

Wordlist mikir (•pikir)



(an informal variant of berpikir) to think, to ponder, to give something some thought

milih (•pilih)



(an informal variant of memilih) to choose

ngebosanin (•bosan)



(the Jakarta variant of membosankan) boring

ngobrol (•obrol)



(from obrol) to talk about something, to chat

nolong (•tolong)



to help (informal variant of menolong)

pengacara (•acara)



lawyer

sama



and (an informal alternative to dan)

soal



about (an informal alternative to tentang)

soalnya



the thing is (an informal alternative to karena)

studi pembangunan



development studies

téknik elektro



electrical engineering

terus



and then (an informal alternative to lalu)



Lesson 72 bangsawan



belum pernah; Kami belum pernah ke  sana.

an aristocrat, a noble has/have never ____ (i.e. has/have never ever in the past); We have never been there.

bintang; bintang flm



a star (both a star in the sky and a famous person in movies/music/sport etc.); a flm star

penari (•tari)



a dancer (in traditional dance or in performance dance)

perdana menteri



prime minister

sampai sekarang



so far

sudah pernah; Apakah Bapak sudah pernah makan keju Belanda?



has/have ____ (at least once in the past); Have you ever eaten Dutch cheese?



Lesson 73 belum biasa



not yet used to (doing something), not yet in the habit of

berani



to dare to do something, to have the courage / confdence (to do something)

berbahasa ____; cukup pandai berbahasa Arab



to be a speaker of (such-and-such a language); quite good at speaking Arabic

berhasil (•hasil)



to be successful, to have success, to succeed

kayu jati



teak

minuman keras



alcoholic drinks

pedagang (•dagang), pedagang sayur 

a dealer, a merchant; a vegetable merchant

pekerja (•kerja)



a worker (usually used for relatively unskilled workers)

pelatih (•latih); pelatih sepak bola



a coach, a trainer; a soccer trainer

pemimpin (•pimpin)



a leader

pengajar (•ajar)



an educator, instructor, teacher

pengalaman (•alam); pengalaman kerja



experience; work experience / work record

pengelola (•kelola); pengelola pabrik



a manager; a factory manager

6

Wordlist penjual (•jual)



a seller, the vendor

penulis (•tulis); penulis novel



a writer, an author; a novelist

penyanyi (•nyanyi); penyanyi pop



a singer, a pop singer

petugas (•tugas); petugas kantor pos 

a functionary, a stafer, a person who is doing a certain task or job of work, someone who is on duty; a post ofce stafer

rokok



a cigarette, cigarettes

sudah biasa



now used to, to be used to (doing something)

traktor



tractor



Lesson 74 angka



a fgure, fgures, digits (i.e. numbers written in numeral form, not words)

bercerita (•cerita); Dia bercerita bahwa ...



to say, to tell (what happened); She/He said that…

berpengalaman; Dia belum berpengalaman di bidang itu.



experienced; He/She isn’t experienced yet in that feld.

bersedia (•sedia); Mereka tidak bersedia menolong.



to be willing / prepared (to do something); They are not willing to help.

cewék; Ceweknya cakep banget!



a “chick”, a young woman; She’s a stunna!

dua kali; Saya sudah makan dua kali.



twice; I ate twice already.

ganti; Aku mau ganti baju dulu.



to have one thing replaced with another, to change i.e. have one thing replaced with another; I want to get changed frst.

kartu; bermain kartu



a card; to play cards

komponén



a component (e.g. in a machine, in society)

lamaran; surat lamaran



an application (especially for a job); a letter of application

memasang (•pasang)



to install something, to set/put something in place, to ft something (onto or into something else)

ngomong (•omong); Jangan ngomong  kayak gitu!

to say, to talk; Don’t talk like that!

nyanyi



= menyanyi, to sing

paling tidak; Paling tidak ada tiga puluh.



at least (i.e. no less than); There were at least thirty.

resépsionis



a receptionist (in an ofce, hotel etc.)

riwayat hidup



a biography, biodata, a CV

sekali; Minum obat ini sekali saja.



once (i.e. one time only, not twice or three times etc.); Drink this medicine just once.

tukang kebun



a gardener



Lesson 75 asal; Saya bersedia asal kamu membayar.



provided, on condition that…; I’m prepared to do it provided you pay.

hormat; Dengan hormat,



respect; Dear sir/madam (in formal letters)

iklan



an advertisement

kepala; kepala kantor



someone’s head, the head (of an enterprise/organisation); head of an ofce / ofce head

7

Wordlist melalui; melalui telepon atau surat?



by, through, by way of; By telephone or by letter?

melamar (•lamar); melamar pekerjaan  sebagai sopir

to apply for (a job), to formally ask for a woman’s hand in marriage; to apply for a job as a driver

mengendarai (•kendara); mengendarai mobil



to drive (a motor vehicle); to drive a car

perhatian (•hati); Terima kasih atas perhatian Anda



attention; Thank you for your attention.

terhormat (•hormat); Kepada yang terhormat



respected, honourable, of good reputation; To the honourable...

terima kasih atas bantuan Anda



thank you for your assistance

terserah (•serah); Terserah! Saya tidak  mau tahu!

It’s up to you, I leave it to you, It’s over to you; It’s up to you! I don’t want to know!

wawancara

an interview

 

Lesson 76 bidan



a midwife

dibandingkan; kalau dibandingkan dengan ...



to be compared; if compared with…

dokter héwan



a veterinary doctor, a vet

flm horor



a horror movie/flm

hobi



a hobby

ijazah



a qualifcation (usually an educational qualifcation), a diploma

kaca mata; kaca mata hitam



spectacles, eye glasses; sun glasses

kekurangan (•kurang); Kota Jakarta kekurangan air minum.



1 (verb) to be sufering from a lack/shortage of, to be short of; 2 (noun) a shortcoming; Jakarta is short of drinking water.

kuda



a horse

lowongan; Tidak ada lowongan kerja di kantor ini.



a vacancy i.e. a job opening; There is no job vacancy in this ofce.

mata; Matanya biru.



an eye, someone’s eyes; His/Her eyes are blue.

melayani; Siapa yang melayani tamu itu?



to serve someone, to respond to someone’s request for a service; Who is serving that guest?

panitia



a committee

penyakit (•sakit); penyakit AIDS



a disease, a sickness; AIDS / the disease of AIDS

praktis



practical, realistic, convenient

Puskesmas



a community health centre (from Pusat Kesehatan Masyarakat)

sakit jantung



to have a heart problem, to have heart disease

salon kecantikan



a beauty salon

Sarjana Muda



Bachelor of Arts

séksi



a section (in an organisation/business etc.), the sales section

skripsi



a thesis (especially a bachelor-level or master-level thesis)

tebal



thick (of objects like books etc.)

tergantung (pada); Itu semua tergantung pada kamu.



to depend (on); All of that depends on you.

8

Keys to the Exercises

Keys to the Exercises for Module 5 Lesson 60 Latihan 2:

Latihan 3: Latihan 4:

Latihan 5: Latihan 6: Latihan 7: Latihan 8: Latihan 9:

Latihan 10: Latihan 11: Latihan 12:

1 We like eating at the Kartika Restaurant. 2 Is Mrs Prawoto going to join us for dinner tonight? 3 Sorry, I’m not really very good at writing in Chinese. 4 They can’t come. 5 Students don’t usually want to follow lectures at night. 6 I have begun to study Chemistry. 7 Are you any good at singing? 8 These children can’t read or write yet. 9 He enjoys cooking. 10 I’ve heard they’re going to get married. 11 They usually have fried rice for breakfast. 12 She began her journey in Padang. 13 They didn’t want to apologise. 14 She cooked chicken and vegetables. terima; antar; atur; goreng; hitung; kirim; isi; tutup; simpan; ambil; ajar; buka; baca; bawa; buat; beli; bantu; pakai; pilih; panggil; pelihara; pimpin mengambil; mengajar; menjual; mencoba; mendengar; melihat; menyimpan; membaca; membuat; mendapat; merasa; menggoreng; membantu; membeli; membawa; mengirim; mengatakan; mencari; menyenangkan; menolong; memanggil; menerima; menutup; memimpin; memilih; memelihara; mencuci; merusak; menarik; menulis; menunggu; menghitung; menjadi; memakai 1 Biasanya mahasiswa tidak mau ikut kuliah pada malam hari. 2 Kami suka makan di Restoran Kartika. 3 Dia akan mengambil uang di bank. 4 Sebaiknya mencuci pakaian sebelum siang hari. 5 Biasanya mereka makan nasi goreng pada pagi hari. membeli; memakai; menulis; mengatakan; mengirim; mengatur; menghitung; merasa; menyimpan; mengajar; mengantar; menerima; menjadi; menggoreng; melihat; mencuci; merusak; menutup; menolong; menunggu mengatakan; memakai; memukul; mengantar; menutup; menyimpan; menerima; mengirim; menggoreng; memanggil ingin-wish; suka-like; bisa-can; harus-must; mulai-begin; mau-want; dapat-can,; ikut-follow; pandai-good at; boleh-may setuju-to agree; mandi-to take a bath; tidur-to sleep, to go to bed; bangun-to get up (out of bed); pergi-to go; datang-to come; terbang-to fy; masuk- to come in, enter; duduk-to sit, to sit down; kawin-to get married; berjalan-to walk, travel, to go; berhenti-to stop, to come to a halt; beristirahat-to rest, to take a break; bermain-to play; berbicara-to speak; 1e, 2b, 3d, 4a, 5c, 6m, 7j, 8g, 9h, 10f, 11i, 12k, 13o, 14q, 15n, 16l, 17s, 18t, 19r, 20p. 1A, 2A, 3B, 4B, 5A Mendatar: 3 menyimpan; 5 berubah; 6 mengatur; 9 sedih; 10 menerima; 11 menikah; 13 memelihara; 14 ujian; 15 membantu; 17 merasa; 18 mengisi; 19 menghitung; 20 pensil. Menurun: 1 pena; 2 rasa; 4 mengantar; 5 berganti; 7 memakai; 8 mengirim; 12 menjadi; 13 menggoreng; 16 menutup; 17 memukul; 18 mohon

Lesson 61 Latihan 2: Latihan 3: Latihan 4: Latihan 5: Latihan 6:

Latihan 7:

mengambil; membantu; menyewa; mencari; mengobral; menolong; menghafal; memukul; mengirim; meralat; mengintip; mengingat; melarang; mendengar; mendatang; mengangkat; membayar; mencegah; menghajar; menjadi; mengenal; memasang; meraba; menata; menitip; menyanyi; mengompas; mengganti mengambil; menghafal; mengirim; menguji; menggantung; mengatakan; mengoles; mengelak; menghukum; menggebu nganga; kena; puji; simpang; olah; nilai; nyala; elak; tampung; kantuk; ganggu. ikat; ikuti; impor; inap; ingat; ingatkan; inginkan; kira; kirim; isi; izinkan; obati; obral; obrol; kontrak; operasi; kuasai; ubah membersihkan; memanggil; melihat; memakai; menyanyikan; membantu; melakukan; menolong; mengisi; mengadakan; membayar; memberikan; membuat; menjual; memotong; membunuh; menunggu; memilih; mengatakan; memimpin; memperbaiki; mencuri; menanam; mencium; menerima; mengatur; mencuci; merusak; mendengarkan; mengambil; mengantar; membawa; membuka; menggoreng; menghitung; memukul; membaca; memelihara; mendengar; memberi; mencari; mengirim; menonton; menulis; mengucapkan; menyimpan; mencoba nyanyikan; lakukan; pakai; tanam; baca; perbaiki; katakan; simpan; pimpin; bantu; kirim; bawa; beli;

Keys to the Exercises

Latihan 8

bersihkan; jual; panggil; goreng; buka; buat; bayar; cari; rusak; isi; hitung; pilih; tulis; adakan; tonton; potong; dengar; ucapkan; bunuh; cium; terima; antar; atur; berikan; tolong; ambil; tutup; pukul; tunggu; pelihara Mendatar:1 memotong, 4 membaca, 6 membeli, 7 menunggu, 8 kamus, 9 melihat, 10 menjadi, 11 menjual, 14 membantu, 15 memelihara, 16 memakai. Menurun: 2 memberikan, 3 padi, 5 membayar, 10 melakukan, 12 menanam, 13 membawa.

Lesson 62 Latihan 1: Latihan 3: Latihan 4: Latihan 5: Latihan 6:

1e, 2h, 3n, 4q, 5a, 6m, 7i, 8b, 9l, 10o, 11f, 12d, 13g, 14c, 15j, 16k, 17p. 1 pekerjaan, 2 bekerja, 3 suka, 4 bekerja, 5 berapa, 6 ingin/mau, 7sudah, 8Di mana, 9 tugas/pekerjaan, 10 daripada/dari 1 sawah, 2 uang, 3menjual, 4 orang sakit, 5 bekerja di rumah, 6 rumah makan, 7 taksi, 8 sekolah, 9 surat kabar, 10 lapangan olahraga 1 Dia menjadi marah sekarang, 2 Dulu saya (menjadi) guru, tetapi sekarang saya menjadi pengusaha. 3 Tahun berapa Anda menjadi dosen? 4 Tanti ingin sekali menjadi insinyur yang rajin dan efsen. 5. Dulu saya mau menjadi dokter, tetapi saya tidak pandai. accountant-akuntan, animal-binatang, dentist-dokter gigi, to fail, to not succeed-gagal, housewife-ibu rumah tangga, engineer-insinyur, a type, kind-jenis, rich-kaya, angry-marah, to type-mengetik, mechanicmontir, public servant-pegawai negeri, waiter, waitress-pelayan, a player-pemain, entrepreneurpengusaha, hard-working, diligent-rajin, actually, to be honest-sebetulnya, secretary-sekretaris, driver, chaufeur-sopir, soldier, armed forces-tentara, to answer the phone-terima telepon, famous-terkenal, duties, obligations-tugas, carpenter-tukang kayu, electrician-tukang listrik, journalist, reporter-wartawan.

Lesson 63 Latihan 2: Latihan 3: Latihan 4: Latihan 5: Latihan 6: Latihan 7: Latihan 8:

1. 1b, 2d, 3c, 4a, 5abc, 6c. 1 Bukan. Sutrisno (seorang) petani. 2 Bukan. Dia (seorang) tukang masak. 3 Bukan. Dia (seorang) tukang listrik. 4 Bukan. Pak Sudi (seorang) kasir. 5 Bukan. Pak Tobing (seorang) polisi. 6. Bukan. Dewi (seorang) karyawan pabrik. 7 Bukan. Eko (seorang) tukang kayu. 8 Bukan. Ibu Lestari (seorang) pemandu wisata. 1c, 2c, 3b, 4b, 5b, 6c, 7b, 8c, 9b, 10c 1 montir, 2 pegawai toko/karyawan toko, 3 petani, 4 dosen, 5pegawai, 6 wartawan, 7 pemain, 8 supir, 9 tukang, guru. 1 tidak, bukan, 2 tidak, bukan, 3 bukan, tidak, 4 tidak, bukan, 5 tidak, 6 bukan, 7 bukan. 1h, 2i, 3k, 4j, 5g, 6d, 7c, 8e, 9f, 10b, 11a 1o, 2c, 3h, 4j, 5l, 6n, 7e, 8d, 9a, 10a, 11g, 12k, 13f, 14m, 15i

Lesson 64 Latihan 2: Latihan 3: Latihan 6: Latihan 7: Latihan 8: Latihan 9: Latihan 10:

Latihan 11:

1A 2B 3A 4B 5B 6B 7B 8A 9C 10B 1A 2B 3D 4B 5C 6D 7B 8D 9B 10C 1b, 2d, 3i, 4g, 5a, 6e, 7c, 8f, 9h 1 tidak pernah 2 jarang, 3 kadang-kadang 4 sering 5 selalu 1c, 2e, 3b, 4d, 5a, 6g, 7f 1j, 2i, 3g,4d, 5b, 6e, 7f, 8a, 9c, 10h, 11k baru-new; rapat-meeting; habis-fnished, gone; sambal-chili-based dish; keras-hard, vigorously; sedikit-a little bit,; kue kering-cookies; urusan-matter; makanan kecil-snacks; tidak pernah-usually; mengurusorganise, take care of-; kadang-kadang-sometimes; organisasi-organisation; biasanya-usually, pembangunan-development; sering-often; selalu-always. Mendatar: 1 surat, 4 sedikit, 6 sambal, 8 mengurus, 10 misalnya, 11 rapat, 13 kegiatan, 16 pembangunan, 17 baru, 18 selalu, 19 manis, Menurun: 2 urusan, 3 berlibur, 5 menanam, 7 keras, 8 melakukan, 9 sering, 12 beberapa, 14 suami, 15 habis

Lesson 65 Latihan 2: Latihan 5:

1 Benar; 2 Salah; 3 Salah; 4 Benar; 5 mencari uang; 6 alat-alat; 7 rapat; 8 masalah Mendatar: 3 bersembahyang; 4 bertanya; 6 rapat; 8 lakukan; 10 bangun; 11 bangun; 13 mencari; 14 sebelum; 15 sampai; 16 misalnya; 17 lalu; 18 singgah. Menurun: 1 pembangunan; 2 perempuan; 5 terlalu; 7 menjual; 9 kue; 12 membawa; 13 makanan

Lesson 66 Latihan 2:

1 a er i ef i en; 2 je a ka a er te a; 3 es u es a en te i; 4 ve a el u te a; 5 ye o ge ye a; 6 en e we ye o er ka;

Keys to the Exercises Latihan 3: Latihan 4: Latihan 5:

Latihan 6:

7 es pe ha i en eks; 8 ka a te a er; 9 er a ka ye a te; 10 a be de u el el a ha 1 TNI, 2 RRC, 3 OPM, 4 TVRI, 5 SH, 6 UI, 7 UGM, 8 VW. PKB pe-ka-be; RRI er-er-i; HI ha-i; RI er-i; BBM be-be-em; GKI ge-ka-i; PDI pe-de-i; DPR de-pe-er; pln pe-el-en; RCTV er-ce-te-ve. Nama Bapak siapa? What is your name? Masih baru rumah itu. That house is still new. Mau pergi ke mana Anda? Where are you going to? Apa alamat rumah Bapak? What is your address? Di mana Bapak bekerja? Where do you work? Di mana Bapak bersekolah dulu? Where did you go to school? Siapa nama anak Bapak? What is your child's name? Berapa harganya? How much does it cost? Bagus sekali bajumu. Your shirt is very nice. Mendatar: 2 mengucapkan; 4 peneliti; 8 ucapan. Menurun: 1 bersekolah; 3 abjad; 5 tulisan; 6 huruf; 7 ejaan

Lesson 67

Latihan 2: Latihan 3: Latihan 4: Latihan 6:

1e, 2d, 3a, 4c, 5b, 6k, 7h, 8j, 9g, 10f, 11i. L 12: 1b, 2b, 3a, 4c, 5c, 6c, 7d, 8c. 1b, 2a, 3a, 4a, 5b, 6a, 7a, 8b,9b, 10b 1 sebelum, 2 sebelum itu/sebelumnya, 3 di atas, 4 di bawah, 5 sesudah, 6 di bawah, 7 sesudah itu, 8 di atas, 9 di bawah, 10 sebelum. 1h, 2g, 3a, 4b, 5c, 6e, 7d, 8f. Sebelum bersembahyang saya selalu mandi dulu. 2 Sesudah pulang Sarah makan dengan suaminya. 3 Sesudah itu baru saya akan membeli HP. 4. Pesawat terbang lewat di atas pulau kecil. 5 Saya sekarang bersekolah di Sekolah Dasar Kemiri. 1c, 2d, 3g, 4f, 5h, 6e, 7a, 8c 1l, 2 k, 3a, 4h, 5b, 6c, 7f, 8e, 9d, 10g, 11j, 12i 1c, 2j, 3b, 4i, 5l, 6g, 7f, 8d, 9a, 10h, 11e, 12k

Latihan 7: Latihan 8:

Latihan 9: Latihan 10: Latihan 11:

Lesson 68 Latihan 2: Latihan 3: Latihan 4: Latihan 7: Latihan 8: Latihan 9:

1C, 2B 3A, 4C 1C; 2D; 3ABC; 4A; 5A 1B; 2B; 3A;4A;5B; 6B; 7A; 8A; 9A; 10A 1c, 2a, 3j, 4f, 5b, 6i, 7h, 8e, 9d, 10g 1e, 2c, 3h, 4b, 5d, 6g, 7i, 8f, 9a, 10q, 11l, 12n, 13p 14j, 15m, 16o, 17k. Mendatar: 5 selesai; 6 montir; 7 asing; 8 kambing; 11 umum; 13 sebagai; 14 menjual; 15 sebagai; 16 menjual; 17 petani; 18 kerbau. Menurun:1 menengah; 2cara; 3 pandai; 4 tinggi; 9 berkebun; 10 dunia; 12 mengetik

Lesson 69 Latihan 2: Latihan 3: Latihan 4: Latihan 5:

1A; 2C; 3ABC; 4C; 5B; 6B; 7AB; 8C 1A; 2B; 3A; 4A; 5B; 6B; 7A; 8A; 9B; 10B hampir; memberikan; berbagai; harus; mereka; memilih; mahasiswa; pengetahuan; pertanian; belajar; juga; asing; menjadi mempunyai; negeri; terkena; seperti; pariwisata; mendidik; pemerintah; menjadi; perguruan; termasuk

Keys to the Exercises Latihan 6: Latihan 7: Latihan 8: Latihan 9: Latihan 10: Latihan 11: Latihan 12:

1B; 2C; 3B; 4C; 5B; 6B; 7C; 8D; 9B; 10A 1D; 2A; 3A; 4B; 5C; 6D; 7A; 8A; 9D; 10B; 11D; 12B; 13B not ___; not really ___; extremely ___; pretty, quite; ___ enough; not ___ at all, completely not ___; not really very ___ u i; es em a; u ge em; i te be; u i i; es te a en; u ka i; te en i; u ka es we; i ka je feld (of enterprise, study, etc.); medicine; health; industry; related to government agencies; institute, social institution; fnance, fnances; particular, specialist; government department; academy; institute; frst of all to educate, to train; engineering; to obtain; higher education, universities; Indonesia's state philosophy; student, learner; the last, i.e. fnal one in series; polytechnic, vocational/trade college; ofcer in the armed forces; college of higher education; project} Mendatar: 1 memperoleh; 3 muda; 6 kesehatan; 7 bidang; 8 terlalu; 10 kedokteran; 13 hampir; 15 termasuk; 16 lembaga; 17 kedinasan; 18 khusus; 19 berumur; Menurun: 1 memberikan; 2 mendidik; 4 agama; 5 keuangan; 9 berguna; 11 terakhir; 12 membantu; 14 teknik.

Lesson 70 Latihan 2: Latihan 3: Latihan 4: Latihan 5: Latihan 7: Latihan 8: Latihan 9:

1d, 2c, 3c, 4a, 5a 1b, 2cd, 3a, 4a, 5b, 6c, 7b 1a, 2abd, 3abce, 4be, 5ab, 6abd, 7c, 8b 1 hari, 2 kurang, 3 sastra, 4 Islam, 5 pengusaha, 6 Ambon, 7 Semarang, 8 pabrik, 9 nenek, 10 tenis. 1 orang yang pertama; 2 ujian yang keempat; 3 tahun yang ketiga; 4 kata yang kelima; 5 kerbau yang kedua; 6 sekolah yang kedelapan; 7 minggu yang ketujuh; 8 bulan yang kesepuluh; 9 anak yang kedua puluh tujuh; 10 petani yang keseribu. 1 Pada tahun (yang) kedua saya memperoleh/mendapatkan pekerjaan pada sebuah usaha tani. 2 Sampai sekarang saya masih bekerja di kantor itu. 3 saya lulus dengan hasil yang baik. 1g, 2d, 3m, 4o, 5p, 6j, 7h, 8l, 9n, 10k, 11f, 12a, 13i 14c, 15b, 16e, 17s, 18q, 19t, 20r.

Lesson 71 Latihan 2: Latihan 3: Latihan 4: Latihan 5: Latihan 6: Latihan 7: Latihan 8:

1C; 2A; 3C; 4C; 5C; 6D lahir; selama; hukum; tertarik; pengacara; kuliah; membosankan; kasus-kasus; tamat; Bantuan; bermasalah lahir; ambil; kepingin; O gitu; ngebosanin; soalnya; soal; abis; sih; nolong milih; kerja; terus; jadi; soalnya; mikir; ngebosanin; buat; ngobrol; nolong; sama; soal; gampang assistance; case; to have a problem; lawyer; development studies; electrical engineering; to choose; boring; to help; to become 1.Mengapa Bapak mengambil mata kuliah Hukum? 2. Menurut pendapat Anda, apakah pelajaran Sejarah menarik? 3. Aku pindah ke Jakarta menjadi pengacara di LBH. Mendatar: 1 gampang; 4 ngobrol; 6sama; 10ngebosanin; 11jadi; 12terus. Menurun: :2 milih; 3 nolong; 5 buat; 6 soalnya; 7 soal; 8 kerja; 9 mikir

Lesson 72 Latihan 2: Latihan 3: Latihan 4: Latihan 6: Latihan 7: Latihan 8:

1a, 2g, 3e, 4b, 5h, 6c, 7d, 8f 1 Apakah Toni pernah bekerja pada malam hari? 2 Apakah Bapak Haryanto pernah belajar memperbaiki mobil? 3. Apakah Kartika pernah berbelanja di pasar di dekat rumahnya? 4. Apakah Ibu Tuti pernah mengajar di sekolah menengah pertama? 5 Apakah Ria pernah menulis untuk surat kabar? 1 Seribu sembilan ratus empat puluh delapan/Sembilan belas empat delapan;2D; 3B; 4B; 5 Seribu sembilan ratus tujuh puluh delapan./Sembilan belas tujuh delapan; 6D; 7C; 8B; 9C; 10A 1 Dia belum pernah membaca novel berbahasa Indonesia. 2 Dia sudah pernah menulis berita tentang lingkungan. 3 Apakah kamu pernah membangun rumah di desa? 4 Sampai sekarang saya belum pernah pergi ke Jepang. 5 Saya kira dia belum pernah belajar berenang. 1B 2C 3C 4 5D 6B Mendatar: 2 novel; 3 memakai; 7 berkunjung; 8 belajar; 9 mengajar; 13 koran; 14 membangun; 15 bintang; 16 pernah; 17 menari; 18 membaca. Menurun: 1 terkenal; 4 mengetik; 5 bekerja; 6 dulu; 8 belum; 10 menulis; 11 wartawan; 12 majalah.

Lesson 73 Latihan 2: Latihan 3:

1 pedagang; 2 pekerja; 3 pelatih; 4 pemimpin; 5 pengajar; 6 pelajar; 7 pengelola; 8 penjual;9 9penulis; 10 penyanyi; 11 petugas; 12 perenang 1 mechanic; 2 village head; 3 teacher; 4 farmer; 5 dentist; 6 university student; 7 waiter/waitress; 8

Keys to the Exercises Latihan 4: Latihan 5: Latihan 6: Latihan 7:

journalist; 9 engineer ahli hukum; bahasa Jepang; sekolah dasar; taman nasional; pegawai negeri; rumah sakit; surat kabar;tukang becak;supir truk 1 dengan hati-hati; 2 sudah biasa; 3 belum pandai; 4 berani mengajar;5 dapat melayani; 6 dapat membuat; 7 dengan cepat 1.Saya sudah biasa bekerja pada hari Minggu. 2.Saya belum berani mengajar pada tingkat sekolah menengah. 3. Karena dia berusaha keras, akhirnya dia berhasil. 4.Apakah Anda pernah menjadi tentara atau polisi? Mendatar: 3 pemimpin; 6 pengalaman; 7 penyanyi; 9 pelatih; 10 penulis; 11 pekerja; 12 rokok; 13 pedagang. Menurun: 1 biasa; 2 belum; 4 berbahasa; 5 penjual; 6 pengajar; 8 pengelola; 9 petugas

Lesson 74 Latihan 1: Latihan 2: Latihan 3: Latihan 4: Latihan 5: Latihan 6: Latihan 7: Latihan 8: Latihan 9:

ama-bersama; bikin-membuat; cakep-cantik (but also used for men); cuma-hanya; duit-uang; kasimemberi; kok-kenapa; lu-kamu; lumayan-cukup; udah-sudah 1e, 2a, 3g, 4b, 5h, 6c, 7d, 8f 1e, 2h, 3a, 4b, 5c, 6g, 7f, 8d 1B 2B 3C 4A 5C bekerja; perusahaan; HP; seminggu; selama; gaji; pabrik 1 seratus; 2 sepuluh; 3 seribu; 4 sejuta; 5 seorang; 6 sekali; 7 seminggu; 8 sekilo angka; bercerita; berpengalaman; bersedia; cewek; dua kali; diganti; Jumlah; kartu; nyanyi; ngomong; tukang kebun 1.Saya pernah bekerja sebagai sekretaris. 2. Pada waktu itu saya bekerja lima hari seminggu. 3. Biasanya Pak Mahmud berkunjung ke Australia dua kali setahun. 4. Berapa gaji Anda sebulan? 5. Saya biasanya main bulu tangkis tiga kali seminggu. Mendatar: 1 kartu; 5 cewek; 6 ganti; 8 sekali; 10 memasang; 11 jumlah; 12 nyanyi. Menurun: 2 angka; 3 berpengalaman; 4 bersedia; 7 bercerita; 9 ngomong.

Lesson 75 Latihan 2: Latihan 3: Latihan 4: Latihan 6: Latihan 7:

BCEFH 1 Bapak; 2 Jalan; 3 tanggal; 4 Perseroan Terbatas; 5 sampai dengan; 6 Nusa tenggara Timur; 7 Nusa Tenggara Barat 1C 2D 3B 4C 5B 6B 7C asal on condition that; kepala head; bersedia be willing to; terserah up to [you]; iklan advertisement; menerima to accept; tertarik interested; perhatian attention ; perusahaan company; tugas duty, task; lupa to forget; melalui by, through; mengendarai to drive; wawancara interview. 1.Saya ingin melamar pekerjaan di perusahaan Bapak. 2.Apakah Bapak lulus dengan nilai yang baik? 3.Apakah Bapak tamat Sekolah Menengah Atas? 4.Tugas apa yang harus saya kerjakan? 5.Apakah Bapak bersedia bekerja pada hari Sabtu dan hari Minggu? 6.Apakah Bapak pernah bekerja sebagai sopir?

Lesson 76 Latihan 2: Latihan 3: Latihan 4: Latihan 5: Latihan 6:

1 terlalu; 2 lebih; 3 kurang; 4 paling; 5 kalah; 6 cukup; 7 sama 1g, 2f, 3i, 4h, 5j, 6b, 7d, 8a, 9c, 10e 1 Ayah saya lebih kaya daripada kakak saya. 2 Film Spiderman sama bagusnya dengan flm Superman. 3 Gedung apa yang paling tinggi di dunia? 4 Saya rasa kue ini cukup manis. 5 Baju Andita kurang keren dibandingkan dengan baju Satika. sakit jantung; salon kecantikan; kaca mata; puskesmas; cucu; tergantung; mata; melayani; Sarjana Muda. Mendatar: 1 penyakit; 7 tebal; 8 lebih; 10 cukup; 12 rajin; 14 praktis; 16 senang; 18 pandai; 19 dibandingkan. Menurun: 2 terlalu; 3 kekurangan; 4 kalah; 5 tinggi; 6 mengurus; 9 daripada; 11 paling; 13 keuangan; 15 kuda; 17 sama

Keys to the Exercises